PC87391-VJG [NSC]

100-Pin LPC SuperI/O Devices for Portable Applications; 100引脚LPC SuperI / O设备,用于便携式应用
PC87391-VJG
型号: PC87391-VJG
厂家: National Semiconductor    National Semiconductor
描述:

100-Pin LPC SuperI/O Devices for Portable Applications
100引脚LPC SuperI / O设备,用于便携式应用

便携式 PC 时钟
文件: 总148页 (文件大小:1605K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
PRELIMINARY  
September 2000  
Revision 1.41  
PC87391, PC87392, PC87393, PC87393F  
100-Pin LPC SuperI/O Devices for Portable Applications  
General Description  
Outstanding Features  
National Semiconductor’s PC8739x family of LPC SuperI/O  
devices is targeted for a wide range of portable applications.  
PC99 and ACPI compliant, the PC8739x family features  
an X-Bus Extension for read and write operations over the  
X-Bus, a full IEEE 1284 Parallel Port with a Parallel Port Mul-  
tiplexer (PPM) for external Floppy Disk Drive (FDD) support,  
a Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) port, and a  
Game port. Like all National LPC SuperI/O devices, the  
PC8739x offers a single-chip solution to the most commonly  
used PC I/O peripherals.  
X-Bus Extension for read and write operations  
LPC bus interface, based on Intel’s LPC Interface Spec-  
ification Rev. 1.01, February 1999 (supports CLKRUN  
and LPCPD signals) and Intel FWH transactions  
PC99 and ACPI compliant  
Serial IRQ support (15 options)  
Interrupt Serializer (four Parallel IRQs to Serial IRQ)  
PPM for external FDD signal support  
The PC8739x family also incorporates: a Floppy Disk Con-  
troller (FDC), two enhanced Serial Ports (UARTs), one with  
Fast Infrared (FIR, IrDA 1.1 compliant), General-Purpose  
Input/Output (GPIO) support for a total of 32 ports, Interrupt  
Serializer for Parallel IRQs and an enhanced WATCH-  
DOG timer.  
MIDI interface compatible with MPU-401 UART mode  
Game port inputs for up to two joysticks  
Protection features, including GPIO lock and pin con-  
figuration lock  
32 GPIO ports (16 standard, 16 with Assert IRQ/SMI)  
The following features apply to the PC87393F. The feature  
lists for other PC8739x devices may differ. See the table on  
page 3 for a list of features for each device.  
5V tolerant and back-drive protected pins (except LPC  
bus pins)  
100-pin TQFP Package  
Block Diagram  
Parallel Port\  
Floppy Drive Interface  
PC87393 / PC87393F  
Parallel  
IRQs  
Serial  
LPC  
Interface IRQ  
PPM  
Floppy Drive  
Interface  
I/O  
Ports  
Serial  
Interface  
Infrared  
Interface Interface  
Serial  
SMI  
Bus  
Interface  
Serial Port 2  
with FIR  
Interrupt  
Serializer  
IEEE 1284  
Parallel Port  
Floppy Disk  
Controller  
Serial Port 1  
GPIO Ports  
VDD  
WATCHDOG  
Wake-Up  
Control  
X-Bus  
Extension  
MIDI Port  
Game Port  
Timer  
MIDI  
Interface  
X-Bus Interface  
Game Device  
Interface  
WDO  
PWUREQ  
National Semiconductor is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor Corporation.  
All other brand or product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.  
©2000 National Semiconductor Corporation  
www.national.com  
Input debounce mechanism  
Features  
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)  
LPC System Interface  
Programmable write protect  
Synchronous cycles, up to 33 MHz bus clock  
FM and MFM mode support  
8-bit I/O cycles  
Enhanced mode command for three-mode Floppy  
Up to four 8-bit DMA channels  
LPCPD and CLKRUN support  
Disk Drive (FDD) support  
Perpendicular recording drive support for 2.88 MB  
Burst and non-burst modes  
Implements PCI mobile design guide recommenda-  
tion (PCI Mobile Design Guide 1.1, Dec. 18, 1998)  
Full support for IBM Tape Drive register (TDR) im-  
Memory and FWH transaction support  
plementation of AT and PS/2 drive types  
Interrupt Serializer  
16-byte data FIFO  
Four Parallel IRQs to Serial IRQ  
Error-free handling of data overrun and underrun  
Software compatible with the PC8477, which con-  
tains a superset of the FDC functions in the  
µDP8473, the NEC µPD765A and the N82077  
Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port  
Compatible with MPU-401 UART mode  
16-byte Receive and Transmit FIFOs  
Loopback mode support  
High-performance, digital separator  
Standard 5.25” and 3.5” FDD support  
Supports up to four floppy disk drives  
Game Port  
Supports fast tape drives (2 Mbps) and standard  
Compatible with the Legacy Game Port definition  
tape drives (1 Mbps, 500 Kbps and 250 Kbps)  
Full digital implementation  
Supports external drive via parallel port pins  
Supports up to two analog joysticks  
IEEE 1284 compliant Parallel Port  
X-Bus Extension  
ECP, including Level 2 (14 mA sink and source out-  
Supports read and write operations  
put buffers)  
8-bit data bus  
Software or hardware control  
Up to 28-bit address bus supports up to 256MB data  
Two chip select pins  
Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) compatible with EPP  
1.7 and EPP 1.9  
EPP support as mode 4 of the Extended Control  
Interrupt routing via PIRQ pins  
Supports BIOS flash devices  
Register (ECR)  
Selection of internal pull-up or pull-down resistor for  
PC99 and ACPI Compliant  
Paper End (PE) pin  
PnP Configuration Register structure  
Flexible resource allocation for all logical devices  
Relocatable base address  
Supports a demand DMA mode mechanism and a  
DMA fairness mechanism for improved bus utilization  
Protection circuit that prevents damage to the paral-  
lel port when a printer connected to it powers up or  
is operated at high voltages, even if the device is in  
power-down  
Fifteen IRQ routing options  
Four optional 8-bit DMA channels (where applica-  
ble)  
Parallel Port Multiplexer (PPM) to support additional  
external FDC signals on parallel port pins for FDD use  
Clock Sources  
Serial Port 1 (SP1)  
32.768 KHz, 14.318 MHz or 48 MHz clock input  
Software compatible with the 16550A and the 16450  
Shadow register support for write-only bit monitoring  
UART data rates up to 1.5 Mbaud  
LPC clock, up to 33 MHz  
Power Supply  
3.3V supply operation  
Serial Port 2 with Fast Infrared (SP2 with FIR)  
All pins are 5V tolerant  
Software compatible with the 16550A and the 16450  
Shadow register support for write-only bit monitoring  
UART data rates up to 1.5 Mbaud  
FIR IrDA 1.1 compliant  
All pins are back-drive protected, except LPC bus  
pins  
Wake-Up Control  
Optional routing of IRQ to power-up event  
HP-SIR  
32 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports  
ASK-IR option of SHARP-IR  
Sixteen standard, with Assert IRQ/SMI for 16 ports  
DASK-IR option of SHARP-IR  
Programmable drive type for each output pin (open-  
Consumer Remote Control supports RC-5, RC-6,  
drain, push-pull or output disable)  
NEC, RCA and RECS 80  
Programmable option for internal pull-up resistor on  
DMA support one or two channels  
PnP dongle support  
each input pin  
Output lock option  
www.national.com  
2
Features (Continued)  
WATCHDOG Timer  
Strap Configuration  
Times out the system based on user-programmable  
Base Address (BADDR) strap to determine the base  
time-out period  
address of the Index-Data register pair  
System power-down capability for power saving  
User-defined trigger events to restart WATCHDOG  
Test strap to force the device into test mode (re-  
served for National Semiconductor use)  
X-Bus straps (XCNF2-0) define the functionality of  
Optional routing of WATCHDOG output on IRQ  
the X-Bus at reset  
and/or SMI lines  
Device-specific Information  
The following table shows the main features for each device in the PC87393 family.  
1
Function  
PC87391  
PC87392  
PC87393 PC87393F  
LPC System Interface  
Interrupt Serializer  
Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port  
Game Port  
X-Bus Extension  
FWH Emulation  
PC99 and ACPI Compliant  
Wake-Up Control  
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports  
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)  
IEEE 1284 compliant Parallel Port  
Serial Port 1 (SP1)  
Serial Port 2 with Fast Infrared (SP2 with FIR)  
WATCHDOG Timer  
1.  
This datasheet contains notes that are device-specific. These notes can be found  
by searching for the specific device number.  
www.national.com  
3
Features (Continued)  
The following set of device-specific Block Diagrams show the modules for each device in the PC87393 family.  
Parallel Port\  
Floppy Drive Interface  
PC87391  
Parallel  
IRQs  
Serial  
PPM  
Floppy Drive  
Interface  
LPC  
Serial  
Interface  
Infrared  
Interface Interface  
Serial  
Interface IRQ  
SMI  
Bus  
Interface  
Serial Port 2  
with FIR  
Interrupt  
Serializer  
IEEE 1284  
Parallel Port  
Floppy Disk  
Controller  
Serial Port 1  
VDD  
WATCHDOG  
Wake-Up  
Control  
Timer  
WDO  
PWUREQ  
Parallel Port\  
Floppy Drive Interface  
PC87392  
Parallel  
IRQs  
PPM  
Serial  
LPC  
Interface IRQ  
Floppy Drive  
Interface  
I/O  
Ports  
Serial  
Interface  
Infrared  
Interface Interface  
Serial  
SMI  
Bus  
Interface  
Serial Port 2  
with FIR  
Interrupt  
Serializer  
IEEE 1284  
Parallel Port  
Floppy Disk  
Controller  
Serial Port 1  
GPIO Ports  
VDD  
WATCHDOG  
Wake-Up  
Control  
Timer  
WDO  
PWUREQ  
Parallel Port\  
Floppy Drive Interface  
PC87393 / PC87393F  
Parallel  
IRQs  
PPM  
Serial  
LPC  
Interface IRQ  
Floppy Drive  
Interface  
I/O  
Ports  
Serial  
Interface  
Infrared  
Interface Interface  
Serial  
SMI  
Bus  
Interface  
Serial Port 2  
with FIR  
Interrupt  
Serializer  
IEEE 1284  
Parallel Port  
Floppy Disk  
Controller  
Serial Port 1  
GPIO Ports  
VDD  
WATCHDOG  
Wake-Up  
Control  
X-Bus  
Extension  
MIDI Port  
Game Port  
Timer  
MIDI  
Interface  
X-Bus Interface  
Game Device  
Interface  
WDO  
PWUREQ  
www.national.com  
4
Table of Contents  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.5  
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ......................................................................................................11  
BUFFER TYPES AND SIGNAL/PIN DIRECTORY ....................................................................15  
PIN MULTIPLEXING .................................................................................................................15  
PARALLEL PORT MULTIPLEXER (PPM) ................................................................................17  
DETAILED SIGNAL/PIN DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................18  
1.5.1  
1.5.2  
1.5.3  
1.5.4  
1.5.5  
1.5.6  
1.5.7  
1.5.8  
1.5.9  
Bus Interface ...............................................................................................................18  
Clock ............................................................................................................................18  
Infrared (IR) ................................................................................................................18  
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) .....................................................................................19  
Game Port (PC87393 and PC87393F) .......................................................................20  
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (PC87392, PC87393 and PC87393F) 20  
Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (PC87393 and PC87393F) ............20  
Parallel Port ................................................................................................................21  
Power and Ground .....................................................................................................21  
1.5.10 Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2 (SP1 and SP2) ............................................................22  
1.5.11 Strap Configuration ......................................................................................................23  
1.5.12 Wake-Up Control .........................................................................................................23  
1.5.13 WATCHDOG Timer .....................................................................................................23  
1.5.14 X-Bus Extension (PC87393 and PC87393F) .............................................................23  
1.6  
INTERNAL PULL-UP AND PULL-DOWN RESISTORS ............................................................24  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration  
2.1  
2.2  
OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................26  
CONFIGURATION STRUCTURE AND ACCESS .....................................................................26  
2.2.1  
2.2.2  
2.2.3  
2.2.4  
2.2.5  
2.2.6  
2.2.7  
The Index-Data Register Pair ......................................................................................26  
Banked Logical Device Registers Structure ................................................................28  
Standard Logical Device Configuration Register Definitions .......................................29  
Standard Configuration Registers ...............................................................................31  
Default Configuration Setup ........................................................................................32  
Power States ...............................................................................................................32  
Address Decoding .......................................................................................................32  
2.3  
THE CLOCK MULTIPLIER ........................................................................................................33  
2.3.1  
2.3.2  
2.3.3  
2.3.4  
Functionality ................................................................................................................33  
Chip Power-Up ............................................................................................................33  
Disabling the Clock ......................................................................................................33  
Specifications ..............................................................................................................33  
2.4  
2.5  
2.6  
INTERRUPT SERIALIZER ........................................................................................................34  
WAKE-UP CONTROL ...............................................................................................................34  
THE PARALLEL PORT MULTIPLEXER (PPM) ........................................................................34  
2.6.1  
PPM Power Save Mode ..............................................................................................35  
2.7  
PROTECTION ...........................................................................................................................36  
2.7.1  
Pin Configuration Lock ................................................................................................36  
www.national.com  
5
Table of Contents (Continued)  
2.7.2  
GPIO Pin Function Lock ..............................................................................................36  
2.8  
LPC INTERFACE ......................................................................................................................36  
2.8.1  
2.8.2  
2.8.3  
LPC Transactions Supported ......................................................................................36  
CLKRUN Functionality .................................................................................................37  
LPCPD Functionality ...................................................................................................37  
2.9  
REGISTER TYPE ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................37  
2.10 SUPERI/O CONFIGURATION REGISTERS .............................................................................37  
2.10.1 SuperI/O ID Register (SID) ..........................................................................................38  
2.10.2 SuperI/O Configuration 1 Register (SIOCF1) ..............................................................38  
2.10.3 SuperI/O Configuration 2 Register (SIOCF2) ..............................................................39  
2.10.4 SuperI/O Configuration 3 Register (SIOCF3) ..............................................................40  
2.10.5 SuperI/O Configuration 4 Register (SIOCF4) ..............................................................41  
2.10.6 SuperI/O Configuration 5 Register (SIOCF5) ..............................................................42  
2.10.7 SuperI/O Configuration 6 Register (SIOCF6) ..............................................................43  
2.10.8 SuperI/O Revision ID Register (SRID) ........................................................................43  
2.10.9 SuperI/O Configuration 8 Register (SIOCF8) ..............................................................44  
2.10.10 SuperI/O Configuration 9 Register (SIOCF9) ..............................................................45  
2.10.11 SuperI/O Configuration A Register (SIOCFA) .............................................................46  
2.11 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) CONFIGURATION ........................................................47  
2.11.1 General Description .....................................................................................................47  
2.11.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC) Configuration .........................................................................47  
2.11.3 FDC Configuration Register ........................................................................................48  
2.11.4 Drive ID Register .........................................................................................................49  
2.12 PARALLEL PORT CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................50  
2.12.1 General Description .....................................................................................................50  
2.12.2 Logical Device 1 (PP) Configuration ............................................................................51  
2.12.3 Parallel Port Configuration Register ............................................................................52  
2.13 SERIAL PORT 2 CONFIGURATION .........................................................................................53  
2.13.1 General Description .....................................................................................................53  
2.13.2 Logical Device 2 (SP2) Configuration ..........................................................................53  
2.13.3 Serial Port 2 Configuration Register ............................................................................54  
2.14 SERIAL PORT 1 CONFIGURATION .........................................................................................55  
2.14.1 Logical Device 3 (SP1) Configuration ..........................................................................55  
2.14.2 Serial Port 1 Configuration Register ............................................................................55  
2.15 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) PORTS CONFIGURATION ..........................56  
2.15.1 General Description .....................................................................................................56  
2.15.2 Implementation ............................................................................................................56  
2.15.3 Logical Device 7 (GPIO) Configuration .......................................................................57  
2.15.4 GPIO Pin Select Register ............................................................................................58  
2.15.5 GPIO Pin Configuration Register .................................................................................59  
2.15.6 GPIO Event Routing Register ......................................................................................60  
2.16 WATCHDOG TIMER (WDT) CONFIGURATION ......................................................................61  
2.16.1 Logical Device 10 (WDT) Configuration ......................................................................61  
2.16.2 WATCHDOG Timer Configuration Register ................................................................61  
www.national.com  
6
Table of Contents (Continued)  
2.17 GAME PORT (GMP) CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................62  
2.17.1 Logical Device 11 (GMP) Configuration ......................................................................62  
2.17.2 Game Port Configuration Register ..............................................................................62  
2.18 MIDI PORT (MIDI) CONFIGURATION ......................................................................................64  
2.18.1 Logical Device 12 (MIDI) Configuration .......................................................................64  
2.18.2 MIDI Port Configuration Register .................................................................................64  
2.19 X-BUS CONFIGURATION .........................................................................................................65  
2.19.1 Logical Device 15 (X-Bus) Configuration .....................................................................65  
2.19.2 X-Bus I/O Range Programming ...................................................................................65  
2.19.3 X-Bus Memory Range Programming ...........................................................................66  
2.19.4 X-Bus I/O Configuration Register ................................................................................66  
2.19.5 X-Bus I/O Base Address High Byte Register ...............................................................68  
2.19.6 X-Bus I/O Base Address Low Byte Register ...............................................................68  
2.19.7 X-Bus I/O Size Configuration Register ........................................................................68  
2.19.8 X-Bus Memory Configuration Register ........................................................................69  
2.19.9 X-Bus Memory Base Address High Byte Register ......................................................69  
2.19.10 X-Bus Memory Base Address Low Byte Register .......................................................70  
2.19.11 X-Bus Memory Size Configuration Register ................................................................70  
2.19.12 X-Bus PIRQA and PIRQB Mapping Register ..............................................................71  
2.19.13 X-Bus PIRQC and PIRQD Mapping Register ..............................................................71  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port  
3.1  
3.2  
OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................72  
BASIC FUNCTIONALITY ..........................................................................................................73  
3.2.1  
3.2.2  
Configuration Options ..................................................................................................73  
Operation .....................................................................................................................73  
3.3  
3.4  
EVENT HANDLING AND SYSTEM NOTIFICATION ................................................................74  
3.3.1  
3.3.2  
Event Configuration .....................................................................................................74  
System Notification ......................................................................................................74  
GPIO PORT REGISTERS .........................................................................................................75  
3.4.1  
3.4.2  
3.4.3  
3.4.4  
3.4.5  
3.4.6  
3.4.7  
GPIO Pin Configuration (GPCFG) Register ................................................................76  
GPIO Pin Event Routing (GPEVR) Register ...............................................................77  
GPIO Port Runtime Register Map ...............................................................................77  
GPIO Data Out Register (GPDO) ................................................................................78  
GPIO Data In Register (GPDI) ....................................................................................78  
GPIO Event Enable Register (GPEVEN) ....................................................................79  
GPIO Event Status Register (GPEVST) ......................................................................79  
4.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)  
4.1  
4.2  
4.3  
OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................80  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................80  
WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS ...........................................................................................81  
4.3.1  
4.3.2  
4.3.3  
WATCHDOG Timer Register Map ...............................................................................81  
WATCHDOG Timeout Register (WDTO) ....................................................................81  
WATCHDOG Mask Register (WDMSK) ......................................................................82  
www.national.com  
7
Table of Contents (Continued)  
4.3.4  
WATCHDOG Status Register (WDST) ........................................................................83  
4.4  
WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTER BITMAP ...............................................................................83  
5.0 Game Port (GMP)  
5.1  
5.2  
OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................84  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................84  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
5.2.3  
5.2.4  
5.2.5  
Game Device Axis Position Indication .........................................................................84  
Capturing the Position .................................................................................................85  
Button Status Indication ...............................................................................................85  
Operation Modes .........................................................................................................86  
Operation Control ........................................................................................................87  
5.3  
GAME PORT REGISTERS .......................................................................................................87  
5.3.1  
5.3.2  
5.3.3  
5.3.4  
5.3.5  
5.3.6  
5.3.7  
5.3.8  
5.3.9  
Game Port Register Map .............................................................................................87  
Game Port Control Register (GMPCTL) ......................................................................88  
Game Port Legacy Status Register (GMPLST) ...........................................................89  
Game Port Extended Status Register (GMPXST) .......................................................90  
Game Port Interrupt Enable Register (GMPIEN) .........................................................91  
Game Device A X-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPAXL) ................................................92  
Game Device A X-Axis Position High Byte (GMPAXH) ...............................................92  
Game Device A Y-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPAYL) ................................................92  
Game Device A Y-Axis Position High Byte (GMPAYH) ...............................................92  
5.3.10 Game Device B X-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPBXL) ................................................93  
5.3.11 Game Device B X-Axis Position High Byte (GMPBXH) ...............................................93  
5.3.12 Game Device B Y-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPBYL) ................................................93  
5.3.13 Game Device B Y-Axis Position High Byte (GMPBYH) ...............................................93  
5.3.14 Game Port Event Polarity Register (GMPEPOL) ........................................................94  
5.4  
GAME PORT BITMAP ...............................................................................................................95  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port  
6.1  
6.2  
OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................96  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................96  
6.2.1  
6.2.2  
6.2.3  
6.2.4  
6.2.5  
6.2.6  
6.2.7  
6.2.8  
6.2.9  
Internal Bus Interface Unit ...........................................................................................97  
Port Control and Status Registers ...............................................................................97  
Data Buffers and FIFOs ...............................................................................................97  
MIDI Communication Engine .......................................................................................97  
MIDI Signals Routing Control Logic .............................................................................98  
Operation Modes .........................................................................................................98  
MIDI Port Status Flags ................................................................................................99  
MIDI Port Interrupts ...................................................................................................100  
Enhanced MIDI Port Features ...................................................................................101  
6.3  
MIDI PORT REGISTERS ........................................................................................................102  
6.3.1  
6.3.2  
6.3.3  
6.3.4  
MIDI Port Register Map .............................................................................................102  
MIDI Data In Register (MDI) ......................................................................................102  
MIDI Data Out Register (MDO) .................................................................................102  
MIDI Status Register (MSTAT) ..................................................................................103  
www.national.com  
8
Table of Contents (Continued)  
6.3.5  
6.3.6  
MIDI Command Register (MCOM) ............................................................................103  
MIDI Control Register (MCNTL) ................................................................................104  
6.4  
MIDI PORT BITMAP ................................................................................................................105  
7.0 X-Bus Extension  
7.1  
7.2  
7.3  
OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................106  
IRQ ROUTING .........................................................................................................................106  
X-BUS TRANSACTIONS .........................................................................................................106  
7.3.1  
7.3.2  
7.3.3  
7.3.4  
7.3.5  
7.3.6  
Programmable I/O Range Chip Select ......................................................................107  
LPC and FWH Address to X-Bus Address Translation .............................................107  
Extended Read/Write Signal Mode ...........................................................................108  
Indirect Memory Read and Write Transaction ...........................................................108  
Normal Address Mode X-Bus Transactions ..............................................................108  
Latched Address Mode X-Bus Transactions .............................................................110  
7.4  
X-BUS CONFIGURATION REGISTERS .................................................................................112  
7.4.1  
7.4.2  
7.4.3  
7.4.4  
7.4.5  
7.4.6  
7.4.7  
7.4.8  
7.4.9  
X-Bus Register Map ..................................................................................................112  
X-Bus Configuration Register (XBCNF) ....................................................................112  
X-Bus Select 0 Configuration Register (XZCNF0) .....................................................114  
X-Bus Select 1 Configuration Register (XZCNF1) .....................................................115  
X-Bus PIRQx Input Registers (XIRQCA to XIRQCD) ................................................116  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 0 (XIMA0) ................................................117  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 1 (XIMA1) ................................................117  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 2 (XIMA2) ................................................118  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 3 (XIMA3) ................................................118  
7.4.10 X-Bus Indirect Memory Data Register (XIMD) ...........................................................118  
USAGE HINTS .......................................................................................................................118  
X-BUS EXTENSION BITMAP ..................................................................................................120  
7.5  
7.6  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks  
8.1  
8.2  
8.3  
FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) .....................................................................................121  
8.1.1  
8.1.2  
8.1.3  
General Description ...................................................................................................121  
FDC Register Map .....................................................................................................121  
FDC Bitmap Summary ...............................................................................................122  
PARALLEL PORT ....................................................................................................................123  
8.2.1  
8.2.2  
8.2.3  
General Description ...................................................................................................123  
Parallel Port Register Map .........................................................................................123  
Parallel Port Bitmap Summary ..................................................................................124  
UART FUNCTIONALITY (SP1 AND SP2) ...............................................................................126  
8.3.1  
8.3.2  
8.3.3  
8.3.4  
General Description ...................................................................................................126  
UART Mode Register Bank Overview .......................................................................126  
SP1 and SP2 Register Maps for UART Functionality ................................................127  
SP1 and SP2 Bitmap Summary for UART Functionality ...........................................129  
8.4  
IR FUNCTIONALITY (SP2) .....................................................................................................131  
8.4.1  
General Description ...................................................................................................131  
www.national.com  
9
Table of Contents (Continued)  
8.4.2  
8.4.3  
8.4.4  
IR Mode Register Bank Overview .............................................................................131  
SP2 Register Map for IR Functionality ......................................................................132  
SP2 Bitmap Summary for IR Functionality ................................................................133  
9.0 Device Characteristics  
9.1  
GENERAL DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ...............................................................135  
9.1.1  
9.1.2  
9.1.3  
9.1.4  
Recommended Operating Conditions .......................................................................135  
Absolute Maximum Ratings .......................................................................................135  
Capacitance ..............................................................................................................135  
Power Consumption under Recommended Operating Conditions ............................135  
9.2  
DC CHARACTERISTICS OF PINS, BY I/O BUFFER TYPES ................................................135  
9.2.1  
9.2.2  
9.2.3  
9.2.4  
9.2.5  
9.2.6  
9.2.7  
9.2.8  
9.2.9  
Input, CMOS Compatible ...........................................................................................136  
Input, PCI 3.3V ..........................................................................................................136  
Input, Strap Pin ..........................................................................................................136  
Input, TTL Compatible ...............................................................................................136  
Input, TTL Compatible with Schmitt Trigger ..............................................................137  
Output, PCI 3.3V .......................................................................................................137  
Output, Totem-Pole Buffer .........................................................................................137  
Output, Open-Drain Buffer .........................................................................................137  
Exceptions .................................................................................................................137  
9.3  
9.4  
INTERNAL RESISTORS .........................................................................................................138  
9.3.1  
9.3.2  
Pull-Up Resistor .........................................................................................................138  
Pull-Down Resistor ....................................................................................................138  
AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ..................................................................................139  
9.4.1  
9.4.2  
9.4.3  
9.4.4  
9.4.5  
9.4.6  
9.4.7  
9.4.8  
9.4.9  
AC Test Conditions ....................................................................................................139  
Clock Timing ..............................................................................................................139  
LCLK and LRESET ....................................................................................................140  
LPC and SERIRQ Signals .........................................................................................141  
Serial Port, Sharp-IR, SIR and Consumer Remote Control Timing ...........................142  
Modem Control Timing ..............................................................................................143  
FDC Write Data Timing .............................................................................................143  
FDC Drive Control Timing .........................................................................................144  
FDC Read Data Timing .............................................................................................144  
9.4.10 Standard Parallel Port Timing ....................................................................................145  
9.4.11 Enhanced Parallel Port Timing ..................................................................................145  
9.4.12 Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) Timing ..................................................................146  
9.4.13 X-Bus Signals (PC87393 and PC87393F only) ......................................................147  
www.national.com  
10  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description  
1.1 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS  
75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51  
PD1/TRK0  
SIN2  
RTS2  
SOUT2  
CTS2  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
INIT/DIR  
PD2/WP  
SLIN_ASTRB/STEP  
PD3/RDATA  
PD4/DSKCHG  
DTR2_BOUT2  
RI2  
NC  
PD5/MSEN0  
PD6/DRATE0  
PD7/MSEN1  
ACK/DR1  
NC  
MTR1  
NC  
NC  
BUSY_WAIT/MTR1  
VDD  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
1
NC  
VDD  
VSS  
PE/WDATA  
PC87391-VJG  
VSS  
(XCNF2) NC  
SLCT/WGATE  
PNF  
DRATE0/IRSL2  
DENSEL  
INDEX  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
NC  
MTR0  
DR0  
DIR  
STEP  
WDATA  
WGATE  
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25  
NC - Not Connected (these pins should be left unconnected)  
Thin Quad Flatpack (TQFP), JEDEC  
Order Number PC87391-VJG  
See NS Package Number VLJ100A  
www.national.com  
11  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51  
PD1/TRK0  
GPIO15/SIN2  
GPIO14/RTS2  
GPIO13/SOUT2  
GPIO12/CTS2  
GPIO11/DTR2_BOUT2  
GPIO10/RI2  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
INIT/DIR  
PD2/WP  
SLIN_ASTRB/STEP  
PD3/RDATA  
PD4/DSKCHG  
GPIO33  
PD5/MSEN0  
PD6/DRATE0  
PD7/MSEN1  
ACK/DR1  
GPIO32  
GPIO31/MTR1  
GPIO30  
GPIO27  
GPIO26  
VDD  
BUSY_WAIT/MTR1  
VDD  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
1
VSS  
PE/WDATA  
PC87392-VJG  
VSS  
(XCNF2) NC  
GPIO24  
GPIO23  
GPIO22  
GPIO21  
GPIO20  
GPIO07  
GPIO06  
GPIO05  
GPIO04  
GPIO03  
SLCT/WGATE  
PNF  
DRATE0/IRSL2  
DENSEL  
INDEX  
MTR0  
DR0  
DIR  
STEP  
WDATA  
WGATE  
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25  
NC - Not Connected (these pins should be left unconnected)  
Thin Quad Flatpack (TQFP), JEDEC  
Order Number PC87392-VJG  
See NS Package Number VJG100A  
www.national.com  
12  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51  
PD1/TRK0  
GPIO15/JOYAX/SIN2/XA17  
GPIO14/JOYBX/RTS2/XA16  
GPIO13/JOYBY/SOUT2/XA15  
GPIO12/JOYAY/CTS2/XA14  
GPIO11/JOYBBTN1/DTR2_BOUT2/XA13  
GPIO10/JOYABTN1/RI2/XA12  
GPIO33/XIOWR/MDTX/XA11  
GPIO32/XIORD/MDRX/XA10  
GPIO31/MTR1/PIRQD/XA9  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
INIT/DIR  
PD2/WP  
SLIN_ASTRB/STEP  
PD3/RDATA  
PD4/DSKCHG  
PD5/MSEN0  
PD6/DRATE0  
PD7/MSEN1  
ACK/DR1  
GPIO30/PIRQC/XA8  
GPIO27/PIRQB/XA7  
GPIO26/PIRQA/XSTB2/XA6  
VDD  
BUSY_WAIT/MTR1  
VDD  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
1
VSS  
PE/WDATA  
PC87393-VJG  
VSS  
XSTB1/XCNF2/XA5  
GPIO24/XSTB0/XA4  
GPIO23/XA3  
SLCT/WGATE  
PNF/XRDY  
DRATE0/IRSL2  
DENSEL  
INDEX  
GPIO22/XA2  
GPIO21/XA1  
MTR0  
DR0  
GPIO20/XA0  
GPIO07/JOYABTN0/XD7  
GPIO06/JOYBBTN0/XD6  
GPIO05/JOYAX/XD5  
GPIO04/JOYBX/XD4  
GPIO03/JOYBY/XD3  
DIR  
STEP  
WDATA  
WGATE  
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25  
NC - Not Connected (these pins should be left unconnected)  
Thin Quad Flatpack (TQFP), JEDEC  
Order Number PC87393-VJG  
See NS Package Number VJG100A  
www.national.com  
13  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51  
PD1/TRK0  
GPIO15/JOYAX/SIN2/XA17  
GPIO14/JOYBX/RTS2/XA16  
GPIO13/JOYBY/SOUT2/XA15  
GPIO12/JOYAY/CTS2/XA14  
GPIO11/JOYBBTN1/DTR2_BOUT2/XA13  
GPIO10/JOYABTN1/RI2/XA12  
GPIO33/XIOWR/MDTX/XA11  
GPIO32/XIORD/MDRX/XA10  
GPIO31/MTR1/PIRQD/XA9  
50  
49  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
INIT/DIR  
PD2/WP  
SLIN_ASTRB/STEP  
PD3/RDATA  
PD4/DSKCHG  
PD5/MSEN0  
PD6/DRATE0  
PD7/MSEN1  
ACK/DR1  
GPIO30/PIRQC/XA8  
GPIO27/PIRQB/XA7  
GPIO26/PIRQA/XSTB2/XA6  
VDD  
BUSY_WAIT/MTR1  
VDD  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
99  
100  
1
VSS  
PE/WDATA  
PC87393F-VJG  
VSS  
XSTB1/XCNF2/XA5  
GPIO24/XSTB0/XA4  
GPIO23/XA3  
SLCT/WGATE  
PNF/XRDY  
DRATE0/IRSL2  
DENSEL  
INDEX  
GPIO22/XA2  
GPIO21/XA1  
MTR0  
DR0  
GPIO20/XA0  
GPIO07/JOYABTN0/XD7  
GPIO06/JOYBBTN0/XD6  
GPIO05/JOYAX/XD5  
GPIO04/JOYBX/XD4  
GPIO03/JOYBY/XD3  
DIR  
STEP  
WDATA  
WGATE  
2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25  
NC - Not Connected (these pins should be left unconnected)  
Thin Quad Flatpack (TQFP), JEDEC  
Order Number PC87393-VJG  
See NS Package Number VJG100A  
www.national.com  
14  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.2 BUFFER TYPES AND SIGNAL/PIN DIRECTORY  
The signal DC characteristics are denoted by a buffer type symbol, described briefly below and in further detail in Section  
9.2. The pin multiplexing information refers to three different types of multiplexing:  
Multiplexed, denoted by a slash (/) between pins in the diagram in Section 1.1. Pins are shared between two different  
functions. Each function is associated with different board connectivity, and normally, the function selection is deter-  
mined by the board design and cannot be changed dynamically. The multiplexing options must be configured by the  
BIOS upon power-up, in order to comply with the board implementation.  
Multiple Mode, denoted by an underscore (_) between pins in the diagram in Section 1.1. Pins have two or more  
modes of operation within the same function. These modes are associated with the same external (board) connectiv-  
ity. Mode selection may be controlled by the device driver, through the registers of the functional block, and do not  
require a special BIOS setup upon power-up. These pins are not considered multiplexed pins from the SuperI/O con-  
figuration perspective. The mode selection method (registers and bits) as well as the signal specification in each  
mode, are described within the functional description of the relevant functional block.  
Parallel Port Multiplexer, denoted by a slash (/) between pins in the diagram in Section 1.1. Parallel Port pins can be  
used to support external Floppy Disk Controller signals when the PPM is enabled and bit 7 of the SuperI/O Configu-  
ration 5 register (SIOCF5) is cleared. See Table 3 for a summary of all PPM options.  
Table 1. Buffer Types  
Symbol  
INC  
Description  
Input, CMOS compatible  
Input, PCI 3.3V  
INPCI  
INSTRP  
INT  
Input, Strap pin with weak pull-down during strap time  
Input, TTL compatible  
INTS  
OPCI  
Op/n  
Input, TTL compatible with Schmidt Trigger  
Output, PCI 3.3V  
Output, push-pull buffer that is capable of sourcing p mA and sinking n mA  
ODn  
Output, open-drain output buffer that is capable of sinking n mA  
PWR  
GND  
Power pin  
Ground pin  
1.3 PIN MULTIPLEXING  
Table 2 groups all multiplexed PC8739x pins in their associated functional blocks, and provides links to the relevant config-  
uration registers and bit values for selecting multiplexed options.  
Table 2. Pin Multiplexing Configuration  
Functional  
Block  
Functional  
Block  
Functional  
Block  
Functional  
Block  
Config  
Section  
Signal  
GPIO00  
Signal  
XD0  
Signal  
Signal  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
Game Port  
Game Port  
Game Port  
Game Port  
Game Port  
Game Port  
Game Port  
JOYABTN1  
JOYBBTN1  
JOYAY  
2.10.3  
GPIO01  
GPIO02  
GPIO03  
GPIO04  
GPIO05  
GPIO06  
XD1  
XD2  
XD3  
XD4  
XD5  
XD6  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
JOYBY  
JOYBX  
JOYAX  
JOYBBTN0  
www.national.com  
15  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
Functional  
Block  
Functional  
Block  
Functional  
Block  
Functional  
Block  
Config  
Section  
Signal  
GPIO07  
Signal  
XD7  
Signal  
Signal  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
GPIO  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
LPC Bus  
LPC Bus  
FDC  
Game Port  
Serial Port  
Serial Port  
Serial Port  
Serial Port  
Serial Port  
Serial Port  
Serial Port  
Serial Port  
JOYABTN0  
RI2  
2.10.3  
Game Port JOYABTN1 2.10.3  
GPIO10  
GPIO11  
GPIO12  
GPIO13  
GPIO14  
GPIO15  
GPIO16  
GPIO17  
GPIO20  
GPIO21  
GPIO22  
GPIO23  
GPIO24  
GPIO25  
GPIO26  
GPIO27  
GPIO30  
GPIO31  
GPIO32  
GPIO33  
GPIO34  
GPIO35  
GPIO36  
GPIO37  
XCS1  
XA12  
XA13  
XA14  
XA15  
XA16  
XA17  
XA18  
XA19  
XA0  
DTR2_BOUT2 Game Port JOYBBTN1 2.10.3  
CTS2  
SOUT2  
RTS2  
SIN2  
Game Port JOYAY  
Game Port JOYBY  
Game Port JOYBX  
Game Port JOYAX  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
DSR2  
DCD2  
Game Port JOYBBTN0 2.10.3  
Game Port JOYABTN0 2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
2.10.3  
XA1  
XA2  
XA3  
XA4  
X-Bus  
XSTB0  
XRDY  
XCS0  
XA6  
X-Bus  
FDC  
DR1  
2.10.5  
2.10.3  
2.10.4  
2.10.4  
2.10.4  
2.10.4  
2.10.4  
2.10.5  
2.10.5  
2.10.5  
2.10.6  
2.10.5  
X-Bus  
PIRQA  
PIRQB  
PIRQC  
PIRQD  
MDRX  
MDTX  
X-Bus  
XSTB2  
XA7  
X-Bus  
XA8  
X-Bus  
XA9  
X-Bus  
FDC  
MTR1  
XA10  
XA11  
XRD  
SMI  
MIDI Port  
MIDI Port  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
XIORD  
XIOWR  
WATCHDOG WDO  
CLKRUN  
DR1  
FIR  
IRSL2  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
XIORD  
XIOWR  
FDC  
MTR1  
FDC  
DRATE0  
Wake-Up  
Control  
PWUREQ  
DRATE0  
FIR  
FIR  
IRSL3  
2.10.11  
2.10.6  
FDC  
IRSL2  
BADDR  
XCNF0  
TEST  
Serial Port DTR1_BOUT1 Strap  
Serial Port SOUT1  
Serial Port RTS1  
Strap  
Strap  
Strap  
X-Bus  
X-Bus  
XWR  
XCNF1  
XRDY  
Parallel Port PNF  
2.10.6  
www.national.com  
16  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.4 PARALLEL PORT MULTIPLEXER (PPM)  
The Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) signals in Table 3 are directed to the associated Parallel Port (PP) pins either when the  
PNF signal is low and bits 6-5 of the SuperI/O Configuration 5 register (SIOCF5) are set to 01, or when the PNF signal is  
high and bits 6-5 are set to 10.  
Table 3. FDC Signals on Parallel Port Pins  
Parallel Port Pin  
FDC Signal  
INDEX  
PD0  
PD1  
TRK0  
PD2  
WP  
PD3  
RDATA  
DSKCHG  
MSEN0  
DRATE0  
MSEN1  
STEP  
PD4  
PD5  
PD6  
PD7  
SLIN_ASTRB  
AFD_DSTRB  
INIT  
DENSEL/DRATE1  
DIR  
ACK  
DR1  
ERR  
HDSEL  
WGATE  
WDATA  
MTR1  
SLCT  
PE  
BUSY_WAIT  
www.national.com  
17  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.5 DETAILED SIGNAL/PIN DESCRIPTIONS  
This section describes all the signals used in the PC8739x family. Some members of the PC8739x family implement  
a subset of these signals. Refer to the table on page 3 to identify the functions relevant to a specific device.  
1.5.1  
Bus Interface  
Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Signal  
Description  
LAD3-0  
18-15  
I/O INPCI/OPCI  
VDD  
LPC Address-Data. Multiplexed command, address bi-  
directional data and cycle status.  
LCLK  
8
I
O
I
INPCI  
OPCI  
INPCI  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
LPC Clock. Same 33 MHz clock as the PCI clock.  
LDRQ  
11  
12  
LPC DMA Request. Encoded DMA request for LPC interface.  
LFRAME  
LPC Frame. Low pulse indicates the beginning of new LPC  
cycle or termination of a broken cycle.  
LRESET  
SERIRQ  
9
I
INPCI  
VDD  
VDD  
LPC Reset. Practically the PCI system reset.  
10  
I/O INPCI/OPCI  
Serial IRQ. The interrupt requests are serialized over a single  
pin, where each IRQ level is delivered during a designated time  
slot.  
SMI  
19  
7
OD  
I
OD12  
INPCI  
VDD  
VDD  
System Management Interrupt  
LPCPD  
Power Down. Indicates that power is going to be shut on the  
LPC interface.  
CLKRUN  
6
I/OD INPCI/OD12  
VDD  
Clock Run. Indicates that LCLK is going to be stopped, and  
requests full-speed LCK (same as PCI CLKRUN).  
1.5.2  
Clock  
Signal  
Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
CLKIN  
20  
I
INT  
VDD  
Clock In. Active clock input signal of 32.768 KHz, 14.318 MHz or  
48 MHz.  
1.5.3  
Infrared (IR)  
Signal  
IRRX1  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
69  
I
INTS  
VDD  
IR Receive 1. Primary input to receive serial data from the IR  
transceiver. Monitored during power-off for wake-up event  
detection.  
IRRX2_IRSL0 68  
I/O  
I/O  
INTS/O3/6  
INT/O3/6  
INT/O3/6  
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
IRRX2 - IR Receive 2. Auxiliary IR receiver input to support a  
second transceiver. Monitored during power-off for wake-up event  
detection.  
IRSL1  
IRSL2  
IRSL3  
67  
IRSL3-0 IR Select. Outputs are used to control the IR transceivers.  
Input for PnP identification of plug-in IR transceiver (dongle).  
71, 34 I/O  
66  
I
After reset, the dual function IRSLX pins wake up in input mode.  
After the ID is read by the IR driver, these pins can be put into  
output mode. The output mode is controlled by Serial Port 2.  
IRTX  
70  
O
O6/12  
VDD  
IR Transmit. IR serial output data.  
www.national.com  
18  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.5.4  
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)  
Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Signal  
Description  
DENSEL  
33, 53  
O
O
O
O
O
O2/12  
OD12, O2/12  
OD12, O2/12  
O3/6  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
Density Select. Indicates that a high FDC density data rate (500  
Kbps, 1 Mbps or 2 Mbps) or a low density data rate (250 or 300  
Kbps) is selected.  
DIR  
29, 49  
Direction. Determines the direction of the Floppy Disk Drive  
(FDD) head movement (active = step in, inactive = step out)  
during a seek operation.  
DR1  
41, 71,  
72  
30  
Drive Select. Decoded output signals in 2-drive mode, or  
encoded signals in 4-drive mode. Controlled by bits 1 and 0 of the  
Digital Output register (DOR).  
DR0  
DRATE0  
34, 73  
Data Rate 0. Reflects the value of bit 0 of the Configuration Control  
register (CCR) or the Data Rate Select register (DSR), whichever  
was written to last.  
DRATE1  
53  
O3/6  
Data Rate 1. Reflects the value of bit 1 of the Configuration Control  
register (CCR) or the Data Rate Select register (DSR), whichever  
was written to last. Available on the PPM pins only.  
DSKCHG  
HDSEL  
21, 45  
22, 51  
I
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
Disk Change. Indicates if the drive door has been opened.  
O
OD12, O2/12  
Head Select. Determines which side of the FDD is accessed.  
Active low selects side 1, inactive selects side 0.  
INDEX  
32, 52  
I
I
INT  
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
Index. Indicates the beginning of an FDD track.  
MSEN1, 0 42, 44  
Automatic Media Sense. Identifies the media type of the floppy  
disk in drive 1 and 0, if the drive supports this protocol.  
MTR1  
84, 73,  
40  
31  
O
OD12, O2/12  
VDD  
Motor Select. Active low, motor enable lines for drive 1 and 0,  
controlled by bits D7-4 of the Digital Output register (DOR). MTR0 is  
used to decode DR1 and DR0 in 4-drive mode.  
MTR0  
RDATA  
23, 46  
28, 47  
I
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
Read Data. Raw serial input data stream read from the FDD.  
STEP  
O
OD12, O2/12  
Step. Issues pulses to the FDD at a software programmable rate  
to move the head during a seek operation.  
TRK0  
25, 50  
27, 37  
26, 36  
I
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
Track 0. Indicates to the controller that the head of the selected  
FDD is at track 0.  
WDATA  
WGATE  
O
O
OD12, O2/12  
OD12, O2/12  
Write Data. Carries out the pre-compensated serial data that is  
written to the FDD. Pre-compensation is software selectable.  
Write Gate. Enables the write circuitry of the selected FDD.  
WGATE is designed to prevent glitches during power-up and  
power-down. This prevents writing to the disk when power is  
cycled.  
WP  
24, 48  
I
INT  
VDD  
Write Protected. Indicates that the disk in the selected drive is  
write protected.  
www.national.com  
19  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.5.5  
Game Port (PC87393 and PC87393F)  
Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Signal  
Description  
JOYAX  
JOYAY  
98, 76 I/O INTS/OD12  
1, 79 I/O INTS/OD12  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
Joystick A X-Axis. Indicates X-axis position of joystick .  
Joystick A Y-Axis. Indicates Y-axis position of joystick A  
Joystick A Button 0. Indicates button 0 status of joystick A  
Joystick A Button 1. Indicates button 1 status of joystick A  
Joystick B X-Axis. Indicates X-axis position of joystick B  
Joystick BY-Axis. Indicates Y-axis position of joystick B  
Joystick B Button 0. Indicates button 0 status of joystick B  
Joystick B Button 1. Indicates button 1 status of joystick B  
JOYABTN0 96, 74  
JOYABTN1 3, 81  
I
I
INTS  
INTS  
JOYBX  
JOYBY  
99, 77 I/O INTS/OD12  
100, 78 I/O INTS/OD12  
JOYBBTN0 97, 75  
JOYBBTN1 2, 80  
I
I
INTS  
INTS  
1.5.6  
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (PC87392, PC87393 and PC87393F)  
Signal  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
GPIO00-07 3, 2, 1, I/O  
INTS  
OD6, O3/6  
/
VDD  
General-Purpose I/O Port 0, bits 0-7. Each pin is configured in-  
dependently as input or I/O, with or without static pull-up, and with  
either open-drain or totem-pole output type. The port support inter-  
rupt assertion and each pin can be enabled or masked as an inter-  
rupt source.  
100, 99,  
98, 97,  
96  
GPIO10-17 81, 80, I/O  
INTS  
OD6, O3/6  
/
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
79, 78,  
77, 76,  
75, 74  
General-Purpose I/O Port 1, bits 0-7. Same as Port 0.  
GPIO20-27 95, 94, I/O  
INTS  
/
93, 92,  
91, 72,  
87, 86  
General-Purpose I/O Port 2, bits 0-7. Same as Port 0, without  
interrupt support.  
OD6, O3/6  
GPIO30-37 85, 84, I/O  
INTS  
/
83, 82,  
5, 19, 6,  
71  
General-Purpose I/O Port 3, bits 0-7. Same as Port 0, without  
interrupt support.  
OD6, O3/6  
1.5.7  
Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (PC87393 and PC87393F)  
Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description  
Signal  
MDTX  
MDRX  
82  
83  
O
I
O3/6  
INTS  
VDD  
VDD  
MIDI Transmit. MIDI serial data output  
MIDI Receive. MIDI serial data input  
www.national.com  
20  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.5.8  
Parallel Port  
Signal  
Pin/s  
41  
I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
ACK  
I
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
Acknowledge. Pulsed low by the printer to indicate that it has  
received data from the Parallel Port.  
AFD_DSTRB 53  
O
OD14, O14/14  
AFD - Automatic Feed. When low, instructs the printer to  
automatically feed a line after printing each line. This pin is in  
TRI-STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding control  
register bit. An external 4.7 Kpull-up resistor should be  
attached to this pin.  
DSTRB - Data Strobe (EPP). Active low, used in EPP mode  
to denote a data cycle. When the cycle is aborted, DSTRB  
becomes inactive (high).  
BUSY_WAIT 40  
I
INT  
VDD  
Busy. Set high by the printer when it cannot accept another  
character.  
Wait. In EPP mode, the Parallel Port device uses this active  
low signal to extend its access cycle.  
ERR  
INIT  
51  
49  
I
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
Error. Set active low by the printer when it detects an error.  
O
OD14, O14/14  
Initialize. When low, initializes the printer. This signal is in  
TRI-STATE after a 1 is loaded into the corresponding control  
register bit. Use an external 4.7 Kpull-up resistor.  
PD7-3,  
PD2, PD1  
PD0  
42-46,  
48, 50,  
52  
I/O  
INT  
O14/14  
VDD  
Parallel Port Data. Transfer data to and from the peripheral  
data bus and the appropriate Parallel Port data register. These  
signals have a high current drive capability.  
PE  
37  
I
I
INT  
INT  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
Paper End. Set high by the printer when it is out of paper. This  
pin has an internal weak pull-up or pull-down resistor.  
SLCT  
36  
Select. Set active high by the printer when the printer is  
selected.  
SLIN_ASTRB 47  
STB_WRITE 54  
O
OD14, O14/14  
SLIN - Select Input. When low, selects the printer. This signal  
is in TRI-STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding  
control register bit. Uses an external 4.7 Kpull-up resistor.  
ASTRB - Address Strobe (EPP). Active low, used in EPP  
mode to denote an address or data cycle. When the cycle is  
aborted, ASTRB becomes inactive (high).  
O
OD14, O14/14  
VDD  
STB - Data Strobe. When low, Indicates to the printer that  
valid data is available at the printer port. This signal is in TRI-  
STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding control  
register bit. An external 4.7 Kpull-up resistor should be  
employed.  
WRITE - Write Strobe. Active low, used in EPP mode to  
denote an address or data cycle. When the cycle is aborted,  
WRITE becomes inactive (high).  
PNF  
35  
I
INT  
VDD  
Printer Not Floppy. This signal selects the internal logical  
device that is connected to the PPM pins. For details on  
setting PNF polarity, see Section 2.10.6.  
1.5.9  
Power and Ground  
Signal  
VDD  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
14, 39,  
63, 88  
I
I
PWR  
GND  
-
-
Main 3.3V Power Supply  
VSS  
13, 38,  
64, 89  
Ground  
www.national.com  
21  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.5.10 Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2 (SP1 and SP2)  
Signal  
CTS1  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
60  
79  
I
I
INTS  
INTS  
INTS  
O3/6  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
Clear to Send. When low, indicate that the modem or other data  
transfer device is ready to exchange data.  
CTS2  
DCD1  
DCD2  
55  
74  
Data Carrier Detected. When low, indicate that the modem or  
other data transfer device has detected the data carrier.  
DSR1  
DSR2  
56  
75  
I
Data Set Ready. When low, indicate that the data transfer device,  
e.g., modem, is ready to establish a communications link.  
DTR1_  
BOUT1  
61  
O
Data Terminal Ready. When low, indicate to the modem or other  
data transfer device that the UART is ready to establish a  
communications link. After a system reset, these pins provide the  
DTR function and set these signals to inactive high. Loopback  
operation holds them inactive.  
DTR2_  
BOUT2  
80  
Baud Output. Provides the associated serial channel baud rate  
generator output signal if test mode is selected, i.e., bit 7 of the  
EXCR1 register is set.  
DTR1_BOUT1 is used also as BADDR.  
RI1  
RI2  
62  
81  
I
INTS  
VDD  
Ring Indicator. When low, indicate that a telephone ring signal  
has been received by the modem. They are monitored during  
power-off for wake-up event detection.  
RTS1  
RTS2  
58  
77  
O
O3/6  
VDD  
Request to Send. When low, indicate to the modem or other data  
transfer device that the corresponding UART is ready to exchange  
data. A system reset sets these signals to inactive high, and  
loopback operation holds them inactive.  
RTS1 is used also as TEST.  
SIN1  
SIN2  
57  
76  
I
INTS  
VDD  
Serial Input. Receive composite serial data from the  
communications link (peripheral device, modem or other data  
transfer device).  
SOUT1  
SOUT2  
59  
78  
O
O3/6  
VDD  
Serial Output. Send composite serial data to the communications  
link (peripheral device, modem or other data transfer device).  
These signals are set active high after a system reset.  
www.national.com  
22  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
1.5.11 Strap Configuration  
Signal  
BADDR  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
61  
I
INSTRP  
VDD  
Base Address. Sampled at Reset to determine the base  
address of the configuration Index-Data register pair, as follows.  
No pull-up resistor:  
2Eh-2Fh  
10K external pull-up resistor: 4Eh-4Fh  
TEST  
58  
I
I
INSTRP  
VDD  
Test. Forces the device into test mode if an external pull-up  
resistor is connected. Otherwise, the pin is pulled to ‘0’ (zero) by  
the internal resistor.  
XCNF2-0  
90, 4,  
59  
INSTRP  
VDD  
X-Bus Reset Configuration Mode. Forces the X-Bus  
transaction to be in one of the following modes: no BIOS, normal  
or latch. For details, see Chapter 7.  
Pins  
2 1 0  
Functionality  
x 0 0 No BIOS1  
x 0 1 Normal Mode, XRDY disabled  
0 1 0 Latch Mode, XA12-19, XRDY enabled  
1 1 0 Latch Mode, GPIO10-17, XRDY enabled  
0 1 1 Latch Mode, XA12-19, XRDY disabled  
1 1 1 Latch Mode, GPIO10-17, XRDY disabled  
Pulled to 0 by internal resistor, or set to 1 by external 10K pull-up  
resistor.  
1.  
In the PC87391 and PC87392, the XCNFi signals must be set to this value. This is value is guaranteed by  
the internal pull-down resistors, as long as the pins are not connected, or the load is small enough.  
1.5.12 Wake-Up Control  
Signal  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
PWUREQ 66  
O
OD6  
VDD  
Power-Up Request. Active (low) level indicates that wake-up  
event has occurred, and causes the chipset to turn the power  
supply on, or to exit its current sleep state.  
1.5.13 WATCHDOG Timer  
Signal  
WDO  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
OD6, O3/6 VDD  
Description  
5
O
WATCHDOG Out. Low level indicates that the WATCHDOG Timer  
has reached its time-out period without being retriggered.  
The output type and an optional pull-up are configurable.  
1.5.14 X-Bus Extension (PC87393 and PC87393F)  
Signal  
XRD  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
5
O
O
O
O3/6  
O3/6  
O3/6  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
Read. Active (low) level indicates read cycle on the X-Bus  
Extension.  
XWR  
4
Write. Active (low) level indicates write cycle on the X-Bus  
Extension.  
XIORD  
83, 71  
I/O Read. Active (low) level indicates I/O read cycle on the X-Bus  
Extension. This signal is for devices that require separate  
read/write inputs for memory and I/O.  
www.national.com  
23  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
Signal  
XIOWR  
Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well  
Description  
82, 73  
O
O3/6  
VDD  
I/O Write. Active (low) level indicates I/O write cycle on the X-Bus  
Extension. This signal is for devices that require separate  
read/write inputs for memory and I/O.  
XD7-0  
96, 97, I/O  
98, 99,  
100, 1,  
2, 3  
INTS/O3/6  
VDD  
Data Bus  
XA19-0  
XCS1-0  
74-95  
O
O
O3/6  
O3/6  
VDD  
VDD  
Address Bus  
73, 72  
Chip Select. These signals control the selection of up to two  
chips residing on the X-Bus Extension.  
XSTB2-0  
87, 90,  
91  
O
O3/6  
VDD  
Assert Strobe. These signals control the selection of up to three  
external latch devices for X-Bus Latched Address Mode  
transactions.  
XRDY  
72, 35  
87-84  
I
I
INTS  
INTS  
VDD  
VDD  
I/O Ready. This signal indicates to the PC87393 to extend the  
access cycles.  
PIRQA-D  
Parallel Interrupt. Convert parallel interrupts into serial interrupts  
by means of the Interrupt Serializer (The interrupt number  
associated with each signal is a part of the system configuration.)  
1.6 INTERNAL PULL-UP AND PULL-DOWN RESISTORS  
The signals listed in Table 4 can optionally support internal pull-up (PU) and/or pull-down (PD) resistors. See Section 9.3 for  
the values of each resistor type.  
Table 4. Internal Pull-Up and Pull-Down Resistors  
Signal  
Pin/s  
Type  
Comments  
Game Port (GMP) (PC87393 and PC87393F)  
PU25  
PU25  
PU25  
PU25  
JOYABTN0  
JOYABTN1  
JOYBBTN0  
JOYBBTN1  
Programmable  
Programmable  
Programmable  
Programmable  
General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports  
(PC87392, PC87393 and PC87393F)  
PU25  
PU25  
PU25  
PU25  
GPIO00-07  
GPIO10-17  
GPIO20-27  
GPIO30-37  
Programmable  
Programmable  
Programmable  
Programmable  
Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port  
(PC87393 and PC87393F)  
PU25  
MDRX  
Programmable  
Strap Configuration  
PD40  
PD15  
BADDR  
TEST  
Strap  
Strap  
www.national.com  
24  
1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)  
Signal  
XCNF0  
Pin/s  
Type  
PD40  
PD40  
PD40  
Comments  
Strap  
Strap  
Strap  
XCNF1  
XCNF2  
Parallel Port  
PU220  
ACK  
PU220  
AFD_DSTRB  
BUSY_WAIT  
ERR  
PD120  
PU220  
PU220  
INIT  
PU220  
/
PE  
Programmable  
PD120  
PD120  
PU220  
PU220  
SLCT  
SLIN_ASTRB  
STB_WRITE  
WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)  
PU30  
WDO  
Programmable  
www.national.com  
25  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration  
The PC8739x SuperI/O device comprises a collection of legacy and proprietary functional blocks. Each functional block is  
described in a separate chapter in this document. However, some parameters in the implementation of each functional block  
may vary per SuperI/O device. This chapter describes the PC8739x structure and provides all logical device specific infor-  
mation, including special implementation of generic blocks, system interface and device configuration.  
2.1 OVERVIEW  
The PC8739x consists of 9 logical devices, the host interface, and a central set of configuration registers, all built around a  
central, internal bus. The internal bus is similar to an 8-bit ISA bus protocol. See Figure 1, which illustrates the blocks and  
related logic.  
The system interface serves as a bridge between the external LPC interface and the internal bus. It supports 8-bit Read and  
Write transactions for I/O, memory, DMA, and FWH, as defined in Intel’s LPC Interface Specification, Revision 1.01.  
The central configuration register set is ACPI compliant and supports a PnP configuration. The configuration registers are struc-  
tured as a subset of the Plug and Play Standard registers, defined in Appendix A of the Plug and Play ISA Specification, Re-  
vision 1.0a by Intel and Microsoft. All system resources assigned to the functional blocks (I/O address space, DMA channels  
and IRQ lines) are configured in, and managed by, the central configuration register set. In addition, some function-specific  
parameters are configurable through the configuration registers and distributed to the functional blocks through special control  
signals.  
2.2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURE AND ACCESS  
The configuration structure is comprised of a set of banked registers which are accessed via a pair of specialized registers.  
2.2.1  
The Index-Data Register Pair  
Access to the SuperI/O configuration registers is via an Index-Data register pair, using only two system I/O byte locations.  
The base address of this register pair is determined during reset, according to the state of the hardware strapping option on  
the BADDR pin. Table 5 shows the selected base addresses as a function of BADDR.  
Table 5. BADDR Strapping Options  
I/O Address  
BADDR  
Index Register Data Register  
0
1
2Eh  
4Eh  
2Fh  
4Fh  
The Index register is an 8-bit read/write register located at the selected base address (Base+0). It is used as a pointer to the  
configuration register file, and holds the index of the configuration register that is currently accessible via the Data register.  
Reading the Index register returns the last value written to it (or the default of 00h after reset).  
The Data register is an 8-bit register (Base+1) used as a data path to any configuration register. Accessing the Data register  
actually accesses the configuration register that is currently pointed to by the Index register.  
www.national.com  
26  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
SIN1  
SOUT1  
RTS1  
GPIO37-30  
GPIO  
Ports  
GPIO27-20  
DTR1_BOUT1  
CTS1  
DSR1  
DCD1  
Serial  
Port 1  
GPIO17-10  
GPIO07-00  
RI1  
WDO  
WATCHDOG  
Timer  
SIN2  
SOUT2  
RTS2  
DTR2_BOUT2  
CTS2  
DSR2  
DCD2  
RI2  
SLCT  
PE  
BUSY_WAIT  
ACK  
SLIN_ASTRB  
INIT  
PD7-0  
ERR  
AFD_DSTRB  
STB_WRITE  
Serial  
Port 2  
Parallel  
Port  
IRRX1,IRRX2  
IRTX  
IRSL2-0  
IRSL3  
FIR  
PNF  
PPM  
FDC  
CLKIN  
LRESET  
LCLK  
RDATA  
WDATA  
WGATE  
HDSEL  
DIR  
STEP  
TRK0  
INDEX  
DSKCHG  
WP  
SERIRQ  
Bus  
Interface  
LDRQ  
LFRAME  
LAD3-0  
SMI  
CLKRUN  
LPCPD  
MTR1,0  
DR1,0  
DENSEL  
DRATE0  
XRD  
XWR  
XIORD  
XIOWR  
X-Bus  
Extension  
XD7-0  
XA19-0  
BADDR  
TEST  
Strap  
Config  
XCS1-0  
XSTB2-0  
PIRQA-D  
XCNF2-0  
JOYAX  
JOYAY  
JOYABTN0  
JOYABTN1  
JOYBX  
MDTX  
MDRX  
MIDI  
Port  
Game  
Port  
JOYBY  
Wake-Up  
Control  
JOYBBTN0  
JOYBBTN1  
PWUREQ  
Config  
& Control  
Registers  
Note: Not all members of the PC8739x family contain all these blocks. For device-specific information,  
see the Block Diagrams on Page 4.  
Figure 1. PC8739x Detailed Block Diagram  
www.national.com  
27  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.2.2  
Banked Logical Device Registers Structure  
Each functional block is associated with a Logical Device Number (LDN). The configuration registers are grouped into banks,  
where each bank holds the standard configuration registers of the corresponding logical device. Table 6 shows the LDN  
values of the PC8739x functional blocks. Any value not listed is reserved.  
Figure 2 shows the structure of the standard configuration register file. The SuperI/O control and configuration registers are  
not banked and are accessed by the Index-Data register pair only, as described above. However, the device control and  
device configuration registers are duplicated over 9 banks for 9 logical devices. Therefore, accessing a specific register in  
a specific bank is performed by two dimensional indexing, where the LDN register selects the bank (or logical device) and  
the Index register selects the register within the bank. Accessing the Data register while the Index register holds a value of  
30h or higher physically accesses the logical device configuration registers currently pointed to by the Index register, within  
the logical device currently selected by the LDN register.  
07h  
Logical Device Number Register  
SuperI/O Configuration Registers  
20h  
2Fh  
Logical Device Control Register  
30h  
60h  
63h  
70h  
71h  
74h  
75h  
Standard Logical Device  
Configuration Registers  
Bank Select  
Special (Vendor-defined)  
Logical Device  
F0h  
FEh  
Configuration Registers  
Banks  
(One per Logical Device)  
Figure 2. Structure of Standard Configuration Register File  
Table 6. Logical Device Number (LDN) Assignments  
Functional Block  
LDN  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
07h  
0Ah  
0Bh  
0Ch  
0Fh  
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)  
Parallel Port (PP)  
Serial Port 2 with IR (SP2)  
Serial Port 1 (SP1)  
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports (PC87392, PC87393 and PC87393F only)  
WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)  
Game Port (GMP) (PC87393 and PC87393F only)  
Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (PC87393 and PC87393F only)  
X-Bus Extension (PC87393 and PC87393F only)  
Write accesses to unimplemented registers (i.e. accessing the Data register while the Index register points to a non-existing  
register), are ignored and read returns 00h on all addresses, except for 74h and 75h (DMA configuration registers) which  
returns 04h (indicating no DMA channel is active). The configuration registers are accessible immediately after reset.  
www.national.com  
28  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.2.3 Standard Logical Device Configuration Register Definitions  
In the registers below, any undefined bit is reserved. Unless otherwise noted, the following definitions also hold true:  
All registers are read/write.  
All reserved bits return 0 on reads, except where noted otherwise. To prevent unpredictable results, do not modify  
these bits. Use read-modify-write to prevent the values of reserved bits from being changed during write.  
Write only registers should not use read-modify-write during updates.  
Table 7. Standard Control Registers  
Index  
Register Name  
Description  
07h  
Logical Device This register selects the current logical device. See Table 6 for valid numbers. All  
Number  
other values are reserved.  
20h - 2Fh  
SuperI/O  
Configuration  
SuperI/O configuration registers and ID registers  
Table 8. Logical Device Activate Register  
Description  
Index  
Register Name  
30h  
Activate  
Bit 0 - Logical device activation control  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
Bits 7-1 - Reserved  
Note: When the X-Bus Extension is disabled, access to its registers (not the PnP registers) is disabled, but all bridging func-  
tions continue to operate according to its register settings.  
Table 9. I/O Space Configuration Registers  
Index  
Register Name  
Description  
60h  
I/O Port Base  
Address Bits (15-8)  
Descriptor 0  
Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 15-8 for I/O Descriptor 0.  
61h  
I/O Port Base  
Address Bits (7-0)  
Descriptor 0  
Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 7-0 for I/O Descriptor 0.  
www.national.com  
29  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
Table 10. Interrupt Configuration Registers  
Index  
Register Name  
Description  
70h  
Interrupt Number Indicates selected interrupt number.  
and Wake-Up on  
Bits 7-5 - Reserved.  
IRQ Enable  
Bit 4 - Enables wake-up on the IRQ of the logical device. When enabled, IRQ  
assertion triggers a wake-up event.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Bits 3–0 select the interrupt number. A value of 1 selects IRQL1. A value of 15  
selects IRQL15. IRQL0 is not a valid interrupt selection and represents no interrupt  
selection.  
71h  
Interrupt Request Indicates the type and level of the interrupt request number selected in the previous  
Type Select  
register.  
If a logical device supports only one type of interrupt, this register is read only.  
Bits 7–2 - Reserved.  
Bit 0 - Type of interrupt request selected in the previous register.  
0: Edge  
1: Level  
Bit 1 - Level of the interrupt request selected in the previous register.  
0: Low polarity  
1: High polarity  
Table 11. DMA Configuration Registers  
Description  
Index  
Register Name  
74h  
DMA Channel  
Select 0  
Indicates selected DMA channel for DMA 0 of the logical device (0 - The first DMA  
channel in case of using more than one DMA channel).  
Bits 7-3 - Reserved.  
Bits 2-0 select the DMA channel for DMA 0. The valid choices are 0-3, where a  
value of 0 selects DMA channel 0, 1 selects channel 1, etc.  
A value of 4 indicates that no DMA channel is active.  
The values 5-7 are reserved.  
75h  
DMA Channel  
Select 1  
Indicates selected DMA channel for DMA 1 of the logical device (1 - The second  
DMA channel in case of using more than one DMA channel).  
Bits 7-3 - Reserved.  
Bits 2-0 select the DMA channel for DMA 1. The valid choices are 0-3, where a  
value of 0 selects DMA channel 0, 1 selects channel 1, etc.  
A value of 4 indicates that no DMA channel is active.  
The values 5-7 are reserved.  
Table 12. Special Logical Device Configuration Registers  
Index  
Register Name  
Description  
F0h-FEh  
Logical Device Special (vendor-defined) configuration options  
Configuration  
www.national.com  
30  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.2.4  
Standard Configuration Registers  
Index  
Register Name  
Logical Device Number  
07h  
20h  
SuperI/O ID  
21h  
SuperI/O Configuration 1  
22h  
SuperI/O Configuration 2  
23h  
SuperI/O Configuration 3  
24h  
SuperI/O Configuration 4  
SuperI/O Control and  
Configuration Registers  
25h  
SuperI/O Configuration 5  
26h  
SuperI/O Configuration 6  
27h  
SuperI/O Revision ID  
28h  
SuperI/O Configuration 8  
29h  
SuperI/O Configuration 9  
2Ah  
SuperI/O Configuration A  
2Bh - 2Eh  
30h  
Reserved exclusively for National use  
Logical Device Control (Activate)  
I/O Base Address Descriptor 0 Bits 15-8  
I/O Base Address Descriptor 0 Bits 7-0  
Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable  
IRQ Type Select  
60h  
61h  
Logical Device Control and  
Configuration Registers -  
one per Logical Device  
(some are optional)  
70h  
71h  
74h  
DMA Channel Select 0  
75h  
DMA Channel Select 1  
F0h - F9h  
Device Specific Logical Device Configuration 1 to 10  
Figure 3. Configuration Register Map  
SuperI/O Control and Configuration Registers  
The SuperI/O configuration registers at indexes 20h and 27h are mainly used for part identification, global power manage-  
ment and the selection of pin multiplexing options. For details, see Section 2.10.  
Logical Device Control and Configuration Registers  
A subset of these registers is implemented for each logical device. See functional block descriptions in the following sections.  
Control  
The only implemented control register for each logical device is the Activate register at index 30h. Bit 0 of the Activate reg-  
ister controls the activation of the associated functional block. Activation enables access to the functional block’s registers,  
and attaches its system resources, which are unassigned as long as it is not activated. Other effects may apply, on a func-  
tion-specific basis (such as clock enable and active pinout signaling).  
Standard Configuration  
The standard configuration registers manage the PnP resource allocation to the functional blocks. The I/O port base address  
descriptor 0 is a pair of registers at Index 60-61h, holding the first 16-bit base address for the register set of the functional  
block. An optional 16-bit second base-address (descriptor 1) at index 62-63h is used for logical devices with more than one  
www.national.com  
31  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
continuous register set. Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable (index 70h) and IRQ Type Select (index 71h) allocate  
an IRQ line to the block and control its type. DMA Channel Select 0 (index 74h) allocates a DMA channel to the block, where  
applicable. DMA Channel Select 1 (index 75h) allocates a second DMA channel, where applicable.  
Special Configuration  
The vendor-defined registers, starting at index F0h, control function-specific parameters such as operation modes, power  
saving modes, pin TRI-STATE, clock rate selection, and non-standard extensions to generic functions.  
2.2.5  
Default Configuration Setup  
The default configuration setup of the PC8739x can include two reset types, described below. See specific register descrip-  
tions for the bits affected by each reset type.  
Software Reset  
This reset is enabled by bit 1 of the SIOCF1 register, which resets all logical devices. A software reset also resets most  
bits in the SuperI/O control and configuration registers (see Section 2.10 for the bits not affected). This reset does not  
affect register bits that are locked for write access.  
Hardware Reset  
This reset is activated by the assertion of the LRESET input. It resets all logical devices. It also resets all SuperI/O control  
and configuration registers.  
In event of a hardware reset, the PC8739x wakes up with the following default configuration setup:  
The configuration base address is 2Eh or 4Eh, according to the BADDR strap pin value, as shown in Table 5.  
All logical devices are disabled, with the exception of the X-Bus which remains functional but whose registers cannot  
be accessed.  
All multiplexed GPIO pins are configured according to the strap pins. When configured as GPIO, they have an internal  
static pull-up (default direction is input) except GPIO36.  
In event of either a hardware or a software reset, the PC8739x wakes up with the following default configuration setup:  
The legacy devices are assigned with their legacy system resource allocation.  
The National proprietary functions are not assigned with any default resources and the default values of their base  
addresses are all 00h.  
2.2.6  
Power States  
The following terminology is used in this document to describe the various possible power states:  
Power On  
VDD is active.  
Power Off  
VDD is inactive.  
2.2.7  
Address Decoding  
A full 16-bit address decoding is applied when accessing the configuration I/O space as well as the registers of the functional  
blocks. However, the number of configurable bits in the base address registers varies for each logical device.  
The lower 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 address bits are decoded within the functional block to determine the offset of the accessed register,  
within the logical device’s I/O range of 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 bytes, respectively. The rest of the bits are matched with the base  
address register to decode the entire I/O range allocated to the logical device. Therefore the lower bits of the base address  
register are forced to 0 (read only), and the base address is forced to be 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 byte-aligned, according to the size  
of the I/O range.  
The base address of the FDC, Serial Port 1, Serial Port 2 with FIR are limited to the I/O address range of 00h to 7FXh only  
(bits 11-15 are forced to 0). The Parallel Port base address is limited to the I/O address range of 00h to 3F8h. The addresses  
of the non-legacy logical devices, including the GMP, MIDI and X-Bus, are configurable within the full 16-bit address range  
(up to FFFXh).  
In some special cases, other address bits are used for internal decoding (such as bit 10 in the Parallel Port). For more details,  
see the description of the base address register for each logical device.  
The X-Bus extension serves as a bridge from the LPC to the X-Bus. For module control and security function registers, the  
16-bit base address is applied through the configuration address space. The lower 4 address bits are decoded within the X-  
Bus for accessing each register. The address ranges in the LPC I/O space, LPC memory space and FWH memory space  
that are bridged to the X-Bus are defined in the SuperI/O configuration section for the X-Bus bridge. The number of address  
bits used for this decoding varies according to the specified zones and their sizes. See Section 2.19.2 and Section 2.19.3  
for details of the address range specifications.  
www.national.com  
32  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.3 THE CLOCK MULTIPLIER  
The source of all internal clocks in the chip is either an external 48 MHz clock on the CLKIN pin, or the on-chip clock multi-  
plier. The clock multiplier is fed by applying a clock source at one of two frequencies on the CLKIN pin: 32.768 KHz or  
14.31818 MHz. The clock multiplier generates two internal clocks, 24 MHz and 48 MHz. These clocks are needed for all the  
modules in the PC8739x with the exception of the X-Bus module. After power-up or reset, the clock (clock multiplier or ex-  
ternal clock) is disabled.  
2.3.1  
Functionality  
The on-chip clock multiplier starts working when it is enabled by bit 2 of the SIOCF9 register, index 29h, i.e., when its value  
changes from 0 to 1 (only for source clocks 32.768 KHz or 14.31818 MHz). This bit can also disable the clock multiplier and  
its output clock after the multiplier is enabled. Once enabled, the output clock is frozen to a steady logic level until the mul-  
tiplier provides a stable output clock that meets all requirements. Then the clock starts toggling.  
On power-up when VDD is applied, the chip wakes up with the on-chip clock multiplier disabled. The input and output clocks  
of the clock multiplier may toggle regardless of the state of the Master Reset (MR) pin. The clock multiplier waits for a toggling  
input clock.  
Bit 3 of the SIOCF9 register, a read only bit, is the Valid Clock Multiplier status bit. While stabilizing, the output clock is frozen  
to a steady logic level, and the status bit is cleared to 0 to indicate a frozen clock. When the clock multiplier is stable, the  
output clock starts toggling and the status bit is set to 1. It tells the software when the clock multiplier is ready. The software  
should poll this status bit until it is set (1), and only then activate (enable) the FDC, Parallel Port, UARTs and infrared inter-  
face. When the multiplier is enabled for the first time after power-up, more time is required until this status bit is set to 1.  
The clock multiplier and its output clock do not consume power when they are disabled.  
2.3.2  
Chip Power-Up  
To ensure proper operation, proceed as follows after power-up:  
1. Set bits 2, 1 and 0 of the Clock Control Configuration register (SIOCF9) at index 29h according to the clock source used  
(even if the external clock is the default frequency setting). See Table 13. Bits 2, 1 and 0 may be written in a single write  
cycle. From this point on, bits 1 and 0 of the SIOCF9 register are read only. The value of the clock source cannot be  
changed, except by a total power-down and power-up cycle. However, the clock can be disabled at any time.  
Table 13. Clock Multiplier Encoding Options  
SIOCF9 Register (Index 29h)  
Valid Clock  
Chip Clock  
External Source on CLKIN Pin  
Multiplier  
Status  
Clock Enable  
Source  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1 Bit 0  
External 48 MHz clock  
32.768 KHz clock multiplier  
14.31818 MHz clock multiplier  
No clock  
Always 1  
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0 = Frozen  
1 = Stable  
0
10, 01, 00  
2. Enable the clock.  
If the clock source is 32.768 kHz or 14.31818 MHz:  
Poll bit 3 of the SIOCF9 register while the clock multiplier is stabilizing.  
When bit 3 of SIOCF9 is set to 1, go to step 3.  
3. Enable any module in the chip, as needed.  
2.3.3  
Disabling the Clock  
Before disabling the clock multiplier (by clearing bit 2 of SIOCF9 Register) or the external clock (for 48 MHz), make sure that  
all PC8739x modules are disabled. This is done by polling bit 4 of the SIOCF9 register (Module Enable Status) for 0.  
2.3.4  
Specifications  
Wake-up time is 33 msec (maximum). This is measured from valid VDD toggling of the input clock and multiplier enabled  
until the clock is stable. Tolerance (long term deviation) of the multiplier output clock, relative to the input clock, is ±110 ppm.  
Total tolerance is therefore ± (input clock tolerance + 110 ppm). Cycle by cycle variance is 0.4 nsec (maximum).  
www.national.com  
33  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.4 INTERRUPT SERIALIZER  
The Interrupt Serializer translates parallel interrupt request (PIRQ) signals received from external devices, via the PIRQn (n  
can be A, B, C or D) pins and from internal IRQ sources, into serial interrupt request data transmitted over the SERIRQ bus.  
This enables the integration of devices that support only parallel IRQs in a system which supports only serial IRQs.  
PIRQ signals that enter the device or internal IRQs are fed into an IRQ Mapping, Enable, and Polarity Control block. This  
block maps them to their associated IRQ slots. The IRQs are then fed into the Interrupt Serializer, where they are translated  
into serial data and transmitted over the SERIRQ bus.  
The PIRQn input value is routed to the Interrupt Serializer as the IRQ value to be driven onto IRQ slot n.  
The same slot cannot be shared among different interrupt sources in this device.  
When a transition is sensed on an IRQ source,the new value of the IRQ source is transmitted over the SERIRQ bus during  
the corresponding IRQ slot. For example, when a transition on PIRQA is sensed, the new value of PIRQA is transmitted  
during slot n of the SERIRQ bus.  
Figure 4 shows the mechanism for both interrupt serialization and wake-up.  
Bus Interface  
Internal  
IRQ1  
IRQ  
Sources  
IRQ Mapping  
and Polarity  
Control  
Interrupt  
Serializer  
SERIRQ  
PIRQn  
Pins  
IRQ15  
Wake-Up  
Enable  
Control  
Control  
Signals  
PWUREQ  
Figure 4. Interrupt Serialization and Wake-Up Mechanism  
2.5 WAKE-UP CONTROL  
The Wake-Up Control module receives the parallel interrupt request (PIRQn) signals from external devices and the IRQ sig-  
nals from internal sources. It generates the PWUREQ system wake-up signal. All mapped IRQ signals, both internal and  
external, enter the Wake-Up Enable Control block. If one of them becomes active and is enabled for wake-up, an active  
PWUREQ signal is generated.  
2.6 THE PARALLEL PORT MULTIPLEXER (PPM)  
The Parallel Port Multiplexer (PPM) allows connection of an external Floppy Disk Drive (FDD) through the Parallel Port con-  
nector (25-pin DIN) instead of, or in addition to, the internal FDD on the normal FDC header. This is done by turning the  
Parallel Port pins into an additional set of FDC pins, while isolating them from Parallel Port functionality (see Section 1.4 for  
a signal multiplexing description).  
A printer, or any other parallel device, may be exchanged with an external FDD without turning the system off. The PPM  
logic automatically detects whether a parallel device or the FDD is connected, and routes the Parallel Port pins to either the  
Parallel Port or the FDC functional blocks accordingly. See Figure 5.  
To enable PPM mode, set bits 6-5 (Pin 35 Function Select) of the SIOCF5 register to the values that represent the desired  
configuration (see Section 2.10.6). The control of the connection, after enabling PPM mode, is done by bit SIOCF5[7] (PNF  
status) of this register as follows:  
PNF status = 1, PPM is inactive and the Parallel Port pins are assigned Parallel Port functionality  
PNF status = 0, PPM is active and the Parallel Port pins are assigned FDC functionality.  
The value of bit SIOCF5[7] is determine by the PNF pin signal and the PNF polarity setting (bits SIOCF5[6:5]).  
When PPM mode is disabled (both bits 6-5 of the SIOCF5 register = 0), the Parallel Port pins are assigned Parallel Port  
functionality, regardless of the value of PNF.  
The internal FDD on the normal FDC pins, and the external FDD on the Parallel Port pins can be assigned as Drive A and  
Drive B, respectively, or the drive assignment can be switched between them.  
www.national.com  
34  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
The Parallel Port pins function as an FDD interface for either drive 1 or drive 3. See Figure 5 for the internal routing between  
the PPM and FDC, and the Parallel Port and FDC pin-sets when PPM mode is active. The FDC output signals are driven  
simultaneously both on the normal FDC pins and on the corresponding Parallel Port pins. The FDC inputs are received from  
the FDC pins when either drive 0 or drive 2 is selected, and from the corresponding Parallel Port pins when either drive 1 or  
drive 3 is selected.  
The Parallel Port output signals are isolated from the Parallel Port pins. The Parallel Port input signals, as reflected by the  
STR register, assume one of two possible values ([BUSY, PE, SLCT, ACK] = 1001 or 1111), indicating that nothing is con-  
nected to the Parallel Port. The default values are controlled by bit 2 of the Parallel Port Configuration register (see Section  
2.12.3 for details).  
PPM is in power save mode when PPM is active and the PPM power save mode bit is enabled.See Section 2.6.1 for details.  
PPM in Power Save Mode  
and Drive 1 Selected  
FDC Outputs  
Outputs Frozen  
FDC Pins  
at Inactive Levels  
FDC  
FDC Inputs  
0
1
PPM in Power Save Mode  
and Drive 0 Selected  
PPM Active and  
Drive 1 or 3 Selected  
FDC Outputs  
Outputs Frozen  
at Inactive Levels  
FDC Inputs  
PPM Power Save  
PPM Active  
and bit 7 of SIOCF5 is ’0’ (PNF=0)  
Parallel Port Pins  
Parallel Port  
Outputs  
Parallel Port Inputs  
Parallel  
Port  
0
1
Default “Non-Connect”  
Parallel Port Input Values  
Figure 5. PPM Routing  
2.6.1  
PPM Power Save Mode  
PPM power save mode helps avoid the additional power consumption associated with driving two sets of FDD outputs by  
limiting the activity to the selected drive only. PPM power save mode is enabled by bit 2 of the SIOCF5 register, and is in  
effect only when the PPM is active. Assuming that the internal FDD (on the normal FDC pins) is drive 0, while the external  
FDD (on the Parallel Port pins) is drive 1, the outputs of the non-selected drive do not toggle, but rather are frozen at their  
inactive levels. Table 14 shows the behavior of the FDC outputs on both the FDC and Parallel Port pins when the PPM is  
active and PPM power save mode is enabled.  
Table 14. FDC Output Status in PPM Power Save Mode  
FDC Outputs  
DR0  
DR1  
Signal  
Signal  
FDC Pins  
Functional  
Parallel Port Pins  
0
1
1
1
0
1
Frozen at inactive levels  
Functional  
Frozen at inactive levels  
Functional  
Functional  
www.national.com  
35  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.7 PROTECTION  
The PC8739x provides features to protect the PC at software levels. It can be locked to protect configuration bits or alteration  
of the device hardware configuration, as well as internal GPIO settings and several types of configuration settings.  
All protection mechanisms can be used optionally.  
2.7.1  
Pin Configuration Lock  
To lock the pin configuration of the PC8739x in order to prevent unwanted changes to hardware configuration, set bit 7 of  
the SIOCF1 register to 1. This causes all function select configuration bits to become read only bits. This bit can only be  
cleared by a hardware reset.  
2.7.2  
GPIO Pin Function Lock  
The PC8739x is capable of locking the attributes of each GPIO pin. The following attributes can be locked:  
Output enable  
Output type  
Static pull-up  
Driven data.  
GPIO pins are locked per pin by setting the Lock bit in the appropriate GPIO Pin Configuration register. When the Lock bit  
is set, the configuration of the associated GPIO pin can be cleared only by a hardware reset.  
2.8 LPC INTERFACE  
2.8.1  
LPC Transactions Supported  
The PC8739x LPC interface can respond to the following LPC transactions as part of the standard SuperI/O implementation:  
I/O read and write cycles  
8-bit DMA read and write cycles  
DMA request cycles.  
In addition, the X-Bus bridge uses the following transaction:  
8-bit memory read and write (PC87393 and PC87393F only)  
8-bit FWH read and write (PC87393F only)  
LPC transactions conform with Intel’s LPC Interface Specification, Revision 1.00.  
The LPC-FWH read and write cycles are similar to memory read and write cycles. The specifications of these cycles are  
listed below. The Address, Data, TAR and SYNC cycles are as specified for LPC memory read and write cycles. The START  
and ID fields are similar to the equivalent cycle in LPC memory read and write cycles but differ in the data placed on the LAD  
signals (see details in the cycle description).  
FWH Read Cycle (PC87393F only)  
1. START: 1101 (0xD)  
2. ID field:  
FWH ID nibble (compared with bits 7-4 of X-Bus Memory Configuration Register, Section 2.19.8)  
3. Address: 8 address nibbles (MS nibble first; see usage below)  
4. TAR (two cycles)  
5. SYNC  
6. DATA:  
2 data nibbles (LS nibble first; D3-D0, D7-D4)  
7. TAR (two cycles)  
FWH Write Cycle (PC87393F only)  
1. START: 1110 (0xE)  
2. ID field:  
FWH ID nibble (compared with bits 7-4 of X-Bus Memory Configuration Register, Section 2.19.8)  
3. Address: 8 address nibbles (MS nibble first; see usage below)  
4. DATA:  
2 data nibbles (LS nibble first; D3-D0, D7-D4)  
5. TAR (two cycles)  
6. SYNC  
7. TAR (two cycles)  
The ID field is compared with bits 7-4 of the X-Bus Memory Configuration register, described in Section 2.19.8. If the two  
match, the PC8739x continues handling the transaction; if not, the current LPC-FWH transaction is ignored.  
www.national.com  
36  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
LPC-FWH Address Translation: The address field in the LPC-FWH transaction is constructed of eight nibbles. The first  
seven nibbles correspond to the first LS seven address nibbles (A27-A0), as follows: the first incoming nibble corresponds  
to addresses A27 - A24, the second to A23 - A20, and so forth until the seventh nibble, which corresponds to A3 - A0. In-  
coming nibble eight is ignored. The MS bits of the 32-bit addresses are ’1111’ (A31 - A28).  
2.8.2  
CLKRUN Functionality  
The PC8739x supports the CLKRUN I/O signal, whose use is highly recommended in portable systems. This signal is im-  
plemented according to the specification in PCI Mobile Design Guide, Revision 1.1, December 18, 1998. The PC8739x sup-  
ports operation with both a slow and stopped clock in ACPI state S0 (the system is active but is not being accessed). The  
PC8739x drives the CLKRUN signal low to force the LPC bus clock into full speed operation in the following cases:  
An IRQ is pending internally, waiting to be sent through the serial IRQ.  
A DMA request or abort is pending internally, waiting to be sent through the serial DMA.  
Note: When the CLKRUN signal is not in use, the PC8739x assumes valid clock on the CLKIN pin.  
2.8.3  
LPCPD Functionality  
The PC8739x supports the LPCPD input. This signal is used in case the VDD chip supply is not shared by all residents of  
the LPC bus. The LPCPD signal conforms with Intel’s LPC Interface Specification, Revision 1.00. Note that if the PC8739x  
power supply exists while LPCPD is active, it is not mandatory to reset the PC8739x when LPCPD is de-asserted.  
2.9 REGISTER TYPE ABBREVIATIONS  
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:  
R/W = Read/Write  
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different  
register.  
W = Write  
RO = Read Only  
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.  
2.10 SUPERI/O CONFIGURATION REGISTERS  
This section describes the SuperI/O configuration and ID registers (those registers with first level indexes in the range of 20h  
- 2Eh). See Table 15 for a summary and directory of these registers.  
Note: Set the configuration registers to enable functions or signals that are relevant to the specific device. The val-  
ues of fields that select functions, or signals, that are excluded from a specific device are treated as reserved and  
should not be selected.  
Table 15. SuperI/O Configuration Registers  
Index  
20h  
21h  
22h  
23h  
24h  
25h  
26h  
27h  
28h  
29h  
2Ah  
Mnemonic  
SID  
Register Name  
SuperI/O ID  
Power Well  
VDD  
Type  
RO  
Section  
2.10.1  
2.10.2  
2.10.3  
2.10.4  
2.10.5  
2.10.6  
2.10.7  
2.10.8  
2.10.9  
2.10.10  
2.10.11  
SIOCF1  
SIOCF2  
SIOCF3  
SIOCF4  
SIOCF5  
SIOCF6  
SRID  
SuperI/O Configuration 1  
SuperI/O Configuration 2  
SuperI/O Configuration 3  
SuperI/O Configuration 4  
SuperI/O Configuration 5  
SuperI/O Configuration 6  
SuperI/O Revision ID  
VDD  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
VDD  
SIOCF8  
SIOCF9  
SIOCFA  
SuperI/O Configuration 8  
SuperI/O Configuration 9  
SuperI/O Configuration A  
VDD  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
VDD  
VDD  
2Bh - 2Fh Reserved exclusively for National use  
www.national.com  
37  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.1 SuperI/O ID Register (SID)  
This register contains the identity number of the chip. Members of the PC8739x family are identified by the value EAh.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 20h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Chip ID  
Reset  
EAh  
2.10.2 SuperI/O Configuration 1 Register (SIOCF1)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 21h  
Varies per bit  
Bit  
7
6
Reserved  
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Pin  
Function  
Select Lock  
Global  
Device  
Enable  
Number of DMA Wait  
States  
Number of I/O Wait  
States  
Software  
Reset  
Reset  
Bit  
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
Description  
7
Pin Function Select Lock. This bit determines if the bits that select pin functions (located in the SIOCF1, 2, 3,  
4, 5, 8 and A registers) are read only or read/write. When set to 1, this bit can only be cleared by a hardware  
reset.  
0: Bits are R/W  
1: Bits are RO.  
6
Reserved  
5-4 Number of DMA Wait States. These are R/W bits.  
Bits  
5 4  
Number  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
Reserved  
Two (default)  
Six  
Twelve  
3-2 Number of I/O Wait States. These are R/W bits.  
Bits  
3 2  
Number  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
Zero (default)  
Two  
Six  
Twelve  
1
0
Software Reset. Read always returns 0. This is a R/W bit.  
0: Ignored (default)  
1: Resets all the logical devices that are affected by hardware reset (with the exception of Lock bits)  
Global Device Enable. This bit controls the function enable of all the PC8739x logical devices, except X-Bus .  
With the exception of X-Bus, it allows all logical devices to be disabled simultaneously by writing to a single bit.  
This is a R/W bit.  
0: All logical devices in the PC8739x are disabled (except X-Bus)  
1: Each logical device is enabled according to its Activate register (Index 30h) (default)  
www.national.com  
38  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.3 SuperI/O Configuration 2 Register (SIOCF2)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 22h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Pin 87  
Function  
Select  
Pins 95-90  
Function  
Select  
Pins 81-74  
Function  
Select  
Pins 3-1 and 100-96  
Function  
Select  
Reset  
Strap  
Strap  
Strap  
Strap  
Bit  
Description  
7-6 Pin 87 Function Select  
Bits  
7 6  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO26 (default for all XCNF2-0 values, except x01)  
XA6 (default when XCNF2-0 is x01)  
PIRQA  
XSTB2  
5-4 Pins 95-90 Function Select  
Bits  
5 4  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO20-24, XSTB1 (default when XCNF2-0 is x00)  
XA5-0 (default when XCNF2-0 is x01)  
XA3-0, XSTB0, XSTB1 (default for all XCNF2-0 values, except x00 and x01)  
Reserved  
Pins 81-74 Function Select1  
3-2  
Bits  
3 2  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO10-17 (default when XCNF2-0 is x00, 110 or 111)  
XA12-19 (default when XCNF2-0 is x01, 010 or 011)  
JOYABTN1, JOYBBTN1, JOYAY, JOYBY, JOYAX, JOYBX, JOYABTN0, JOYBBTN0  
RI2, DTR2_BOUT2, CTS2, SOUT2, RTS2, SIN2, DSR2, DCD2  
1-0 Pins 3-1 and 100-96 Function Select  
Bits  
1 0  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO00-07 (default when XCNF2-0 is x00)  
XD0-7 (default for all XCNF2-0 values, except x00)  
JOYABTN1, JOYBBTN1, JOYAY, JOYBY, JOYAX, JOYBX, JOYABTN0, JOYBBTN0  
Reserved  
1. In the PC87391, these pins are pulled up after reset by an internal pull-up resistor. Software should set this  
field to 11 to enable the UART 2 function.  
www.national.com  
39  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.4 SuperI/O Configuration 3 Register (SIOCF3)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 23h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Pins 83 and 82  
Function Select  
Pin 84  
Function Select  
Pin 85  
Function Select  
Pin 86  
Function Select1  
Reset  
Strap  
Strap  
Strap  
Strap  
Bit  
Description  
7-6 Pins 83 and 82 Function Select  
Bits  
7 6  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO32-33 (default for all XCNF2-0 values except x01)  
XA10-11 (default when XCNF2-0 is x01)  
MDRX, MDTX  
XIORD, XIOWR  
Pin 84 Function Select1  
5-4  
Bits  
5 4  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO31 (default for all XCNF2-0 values except x01)  
XA9 (default when XCNF2-0 is x01)  
PIRQD  
MTR1 (signal output is floated when PPM mode is enabled)  
3-2 Pin 85 Function Select  
Bits  
3 2  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO30 (default for all XCNF2-0 values except x01)  
XA8 (default when XCNF2-0 is x01)  
PIRQC  
Reserved  
1-0 Pin 86 Function Select  
Bits  
1 0  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO27 (default for all XCNF2-0 values except x01  
XA7 (default when XCNF2-0 is x01)  
PIRQB  
Reserved  
1. In the PC87391, this pin is pulled up after reset by an internal pull-up resistor. Software should set this field to  
11 to enable the FDC function.  
www.national.com  
40  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.5 SuperI/O Configuration 4 Register (SIOCF4)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 24h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
0
3
1
2
1
0
Name  
Pin 5  
Function  
Select  
Pin 19  
Function  
Select  
Pin 73  
Function  
Select  
Pin 72  
Function  
Select  
Pin 6  
Function  
Select  
Reset  
Strap  
0
Strap  
0
Bit  
Description  
Pin 5 Function Select1  
7-6  
Bits  
Function  
7 6  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO34 (default when XCNF2-0 is x00)  
XRD (default for all XCNF2-0 values except x00)  
WDO  
Reserved  
5
Pin 19 Function Select1  
0: GPIO35 (default)  
1: SMI  
Pin 73 Function Select1  
4-3  
Bits  
4 3  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
XIOWR  
XCS1 (default)  
MTR1 (signal output is inactive, 1, when PPM mode is enabled)  
DRATE0  
Pin 72 Function Select1  
2-1  
Bits  
2 1  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO25 (default when XCNF2-0 is x00)  
XCS0 (default for all XCNF2-0 values except x00, 010 and 110)  
XRDY (default when XCNF2-0 is 010 or 110)  
DR1 (signal output is inactive, 1, when PPM mode is enabled)  
0
Pin 6 Function Select1  
0: GPIO36 (default)  
1: CLKRUN  
1. In the PC87391, this pin is pulled up after reset by an internal pull-up resistor. Software should set this field as  
appropriate to enable the required Legacy function.  
www.national.com  
41  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.6 SuperI/O Configuration 5 Register (SIOCF5)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 25h  
Varies per bit  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Pin 35  
Function  
Select  
Pin 34  
Function  
Select  
Pin 71  
Function  
Select  
SMI to IRQ2  
Enable  
PPM Power  
Save Enable  
PNF Status  
Reset  
1
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
PNF Status. This bit describes the status of the PNF signal, which determines if Parallel Port of external FDD sig-  
nals are selected by PPM mode. This is a RO bit.  
0: Floppy Disk  
1: Parallel Port (default)  
6-5 Pin 35 Function Select. These are R/W bits.  
Bits  
6 5  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
PPM disabled (default)  
PNF signal selected as active low (high selects printer, low selects floppy)  
PNF signal selected as active high (low selects printer, high selects floppy)  
XRDY signal selected  
4
3
2
SMI to IRQ2 Enable. This is a R/W bit.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Pin 34 Function Select. This is a R/W bit.  
0: DRATE0 (default)  
1: IRSL2  
PPM Power Save Enable  
0: Disabled (default).  
1: When PPM is active and PNF is 0 (bit 7 of this register), the FDC output pins and the Parallel Port output  
pins are masked when the corresponding drive is not used.  
Pin 71 Function Select.1 This is a R/W bit.  
1-0  
Bits  
1 0  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
GPIO37 (default)  
DR1  
IRSL2  
XIORD  
1. In the PC87391, this pin is pulled up after reset by an internal pull-up resistor. Software should set this field as  
appropriate to enable the required Legacy function.  
www.national.com  
42  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.7 SuperI/O Configuration 6 Register (SIOCF6)  
Write access to this register can be inhibited by setting bit 7. Activation of each logical device (bits 0-4) is also affected by  
bit 0 of the logical device Activate register, index 30h and bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 26h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
Reserved  
0
3
2
1
0
Name  
SIOCF6  
Software  
Lock  
General-Purpose  
Scratch  
Serial Port 1 Serial Port 2 Parallel Port  
Disable  
FDC  
Disable  
Disable  
Disable  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
SIOCF6 Software Lock. When this bit is set to 1 by software, it can be cleared only by hardware reset.  
0: Write access to bits 0-6 of this register enabled (default)  
1: Bits 6-0 of this register are RO  
6-5 General-Purpose Scratch  
4
3
Reserved  
Serial Port 1 Disable  
0: Enabled (default)  
1: Disabled  
2
1
0
Serial Port 2 Disable  
0: Enabled (default)  
1: Disabled  
Parallel Port Disable  
0: Enabled (default)  
1: Disabled  
FDC Disable  
0: Enabled (default)  
1: Disabled  
2.10.8 SuperI/O Revision ID Register (SRID)  
This register contains the ID number of the specific family member (Chip ID) and the chip revision number (Chip Rev). The  
Chip Rev field identity number the chip revision.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 27h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
Chip ID  
0
5
0
4
3
2
Chip Rev  
X
1
0
Name  
Reset  
0
X
X
X
X
Bit  
Description  
7-5 Chip ID.  
4-0 Chip Rev. These bits identify the device revision.  
www.national.com  
43  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.9 SuperI/O Configuration 8 Register (SIOCF8)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 28h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
Name  
GPIO to WDO to SMI  
SMI Enable  
Reserved  
Enable  
Reset  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-2 Reserved  
GPIO to SMI Enable1  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
1
0
WDO to SMI Enable  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
1. PC87392, PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
www.national.com  
44  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.10 SuperI/O Configuration 9 Register (SIOCF9)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 29h  
Varies per bit  
Bit  
7
0
6
Reserved  
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Module  
Enable  
Status  
Valid Multi-  
plier Clock  
Status  
Clock  
SuperI/O Chip Clock  
Source  
Enable  
Reset  
0
0
0
1
0
Bit  
Description  
7-5 Reserved  
4
Module Enable Status. This bit defines the status of all the PC8739x modules with exception of the X-Bus. This  
bit is read only.  
0: All modules disabled  
1: At least one module enabled  
3
2
Valid Multiplier Clock Status. This bit is read only.  
0: On-chip clock frozen  
1: On-chip clock stable and toggling  
Clock Enable. This bit enables the 48 and 24 MHz clock to the SuperI/O modules. When the SuperI/O chip  
clock source is set to 48 MHz, this bit enables the path from the input CLKIN pin. When the clock source is set  
to 32.768 KHz or 14.31818 MHz, this bit enables the clock multiplier.This is a read/write bit that is reset by  
hardware reset only.  
0: Clock disabled (default)  
1: Clock enabled  
1-0 SuperI/O Chip Clock Source. These bits define the clock source for the SuperI/O chip that is fed via the CLKIN  
pin. On power-up (only), these bits are read or write and assume their default value. Once they are written, they  
become read only bits.  
Bits  
1 0  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
Clock source is 48 MHz  
Clock source is the on-chip clock multiplier fed by 32.768 KHz  
Clock source is the on-chip clock multiplier fed by 14.31818 MHz (default)  
Reserved  
www.national.com  
45  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.10.11 SuperI/O Configuration A Register (SIOCFA)  
Location:  
Type:  
Index 2Ah  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
1
4
3
0
2
1
1
0
1
Name  
Pin 53 PPM  
FDC Func-  
tion Select  
Pin 66  
Function  
Select  
Reserved  
Reset  
0
1
1
Bit  
Description  
7
Pin 53 PPM FDC Function Select. This bit defines which of the following two FDC signals will appear on the PPM.  
0: DENSEL (default)  
1: DRATE1  
6-5 Pin 66 Function Select  
Bits  
6 5  
Function  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
Reserved  
PWUREQ (default)  
Reserved  
IRSL3  
4-0 Reserved  
www.national.com  
46  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.11 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) CONFIGURATION  
2.11.1 General Description  
The generic FDC is a standard FDC with a digital data separator, and is DP8473 and N82077 software compatible. The PC8739x  
FDC supports 14 of the 17 standard FDC signals described in the generic Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) chapter, including:  
FM and MFM modes are supported. To select either mode, set bit 6 of the first command byte when writing to/read-  
ing from a diskette, where:  
0 = FM mode  
1 = MFM mode  
A logic 1 is returned for all floating (TRI-STATE) FDC register bits upon LPC I/O read cycles.  
Exceptions to standard FDC support include:  
Automatic media sense is supported by MSEN1-0 pins only on FDC signals routed to the PPM functional block (on  
the Parallel Port)  
DRATE1 is supported only on FDC signals routed to the PPM functional block (on the Parallel Port).  
Table 16 lists the FDC functional block registers.  
Table 16. FDC Registers  
Offset1  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Status A  
Type  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
SRA  
SRB  
DOR  
TDR  
MSR  
DSR  
FIFO  
RO  
RO  
R/W  
R/W  
R
Status B  
Digital Output  
Tape Drive  
Main Status  
Data Rate Select  
Data (FIFO)  
N/A  
W
05h  
06h  
07h  
R/W  
X
DIR  
Digital Input  
Configuration Control  
R
CCR  
W
1. From the 8-byte aligned FDC base address.  
2.11.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC) Configuration  
Table 17 lists the configuration registers which affect the FDC. Only the last two registers (F0h and F1h) are described here.  
See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.  
Table 17. FDC Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register and bit 0 of the SIOCF6 register. R/W  
00h  
03h  
F2h  
06h  
03h  
02h  
04h  
24h  
00h  
60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b.  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 2 and 0 (for A2 and A0) are read only, 00b.  
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register  
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write; other bits are read only.  
74h DMA Channel Select  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
75h Report no second DMA assignment  
F0h FDC Configuration register  
R/W  
R/W  
F1h Drive ID register  
www.national.com  
47  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.11.3 FDC Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 24h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Four-Drive  
Encode  
Enable  
TDR  
Register  
Mode  
DENSEL  
Polarity  
Control  
PC-AT or  
PS/2 Drive Reserved  
Mode Select  
FDC 2Mbps  
Enable  
Write  
Protect  
TRI-STATE  
Control  
Reset  
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
Four-Drive Encode Enable  
0: Two floppy drives are directly controlled by DR1-0, MTR1-0.  
1: Four floppy drives are controlled with the aid of an external decoder.  
6
5
4
3
TDR Register Mode  
0: PC-AT compatible drive mode; i.e., bits 7-2 of the TDR are 111111b (default)  
1: Enhanced drive mode  
DENSEL Polarity Control  
0: Active low for 500 Kbps, or 1 or 2 Mbps data rates  
1: Active high for 500 Kbps, or 1 or 2 Mbps data rates (default)  
FDC 2Mbps Enable. This bit is set only when a 2Mbps drive is used.  
0: 2Mbps disabled and the FDC clock is 24 MHz (default)  
1: 2Mbps enabled and the FDC clock is 48 MHz  
Write Protect. This bit allows forcing of write protect functionality by software. When set, writes to the floppy  
disk drive are disabled. This effect is identical to WP when it is active.  
0: Write protected according to WP signal (default)  
1: Write protected regardless of value of WP signal  
2
PC-AT or PS/2 Drive Mode Select  
0: PS/2 drive mode  
1: PC-AT drive mode (default)  
1
0
Reserved  
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
48  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.11.4 Drive ID Register  
This read/write register is reset by hardware to 00h. This register controls bits 5 and 4 of the TDR register in the Enhanced  
mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F1h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
Drive 1 ID  
Drive 0 ID  
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3-2 Drive 1 ID. When drive 1 is accessed, these bits are reflected on bits 5-4 of the TDR register, respectively.  
1-0 Drive 0 ID. When drive 0 is accessed, these bits are reflected on bits 5-4 of the TDR register, respectively.  
Usage Hints: Some BIOS implementations support automatic media sense FDDs, in which case bit 5 of the TDR register  
in the Enhanced mode is interpreted as valid media sense when it is cleared to 0. If drive 0 and/or drive 1 do not support  
automatic media sense, bits 1 and/or 3 of the Drive ID register should be set to 1 respectively (to indicate non-valid media  
sense) when the corresponding drive is selected and the Drive ID bit is reflected on bit 5 of the TDR register in the Enhanced  
mode.  
www.national.com  
49  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.12 PARALLEL PORT CONFIGURATION  
2.12.1 General Description  
The PC8739x Parallel Port supports all IEEE1284 standard communication modes: Compatibility (known also as Standard  
or SPP), Bidirectional (known also as PS/2), FIFO, EPP (known also as Mode 4) and ECP (with an optional Extended ECP  
mode).  
The Parallel Port includes two groups of runtime registers, as follows:  
A group of 21 registers at first level offset, sharing 14 entries. Three of this registers (at offsets 403h, 404h and 405h)  
are used only in the Extended ECP mode.  
A group of four registers, used only in the Extended ECP mode, accessed by a second level offset.  
The desired mode is selected by the ECR runtime register (offset 402h). The selected mode determines which runtime reg-  
isters are used and which address bits are used for the base address. See Tables 18 and 19 for a listing of all registers, their  
offset addresses, and the associated modes.  
Table 18. Parallel Port Registers at First Level Offset  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Mode(s)  
Type  
Register Name  
00h  
DATAR  
AFIFO  
DTR  
0,1  
R/W  
W
Data  
3
ECP FIFO (Address)  
Data (for EPP)  
Status  
4
R/W  
RO  
01h  
02h  
DSR  
0,1,2,3  
STR  
4
RO  
Status (for EPP)  
Control  
DCR  
0,1,2,3  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
CTR  
4
4
4
4
4
4
Control (for EPP)  
EPP Address  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
400h  
ADDR  
DATA0  
DATA1  
DATA2  
DATA3  
EPP Data Port 0  
EPP Data Port 1  
EPP Data Port 2  
EPP Data Port 3  
CFIFO  
DFIFO  
TFIFO  
CNFGA  
2
3
6
7
W
PP Data FIFO  
ECP Data FIFO  
Test FIFO  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
Configuration A  
401h  
402h  
403h  
CNFGB  
ECR  
7
RO  
R/W  
R/W  
Configuration B  
Extended Control  
Extended Index  
0,1,2,3  
0,1,2,3  
EIR1  
EDR1  
EAR1  
404h  
405h  
0,1,2,3  
0,1,2,3  
R/W  
R/W  
Extended Data  
Extended Auxiliary Status  
1. These registers are extended to the standard IEEE1284 registers. They  
are accessible only when enabled by bit 4 of the Parallel Port Configura-  
tion register (see Section 2.12.3).  
www.national.com  
50  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
Table 19. Parallel Port Registers at Second Level Offset  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Type  
Register Name  
00h  
02h  
04h  
05h  
Control0  
Control2  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Extended Control 0  
Extended Control 1  
Extended Control 4  
Configuration 0  
Control4  
PP Confg0  
2.12.2 Logical Device 1 (PP) Configuration  
Table 20 lists the configuration registers which affect the Parallel Port. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See  
Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.  
Table 20. Parallel Port Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register.  
R/W  
R/W  
00h  
02h  
60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b. Bit 2 (for  
A10) should be 0b.  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 1 and 0 (A1 and A0) are read only, 00b. For ECP  
Mode 4 (EPP) or when using the Extended registers, bit 2 (A2) should also be 0b.  
R/W  
78h  
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register  
R/W  
R/W  
07h  
02h  
71h Interrupt Type  
Bits 7-2 are read only.  
Bit 1 is a read/write bit.  
Bit 0 is read only. It reflects the interrupt type dictated by the Parallel Port operation  
mode. This bit is set to 1 (level interrupt) in Extended Mode and cleared (edge  
interrupt) in all other modes.  
74h DMA Channel Select  
R/W  
RO  
04h  
04h  
F2h  
75h Report no second DMA assignment  
F0h Parallel Port Configuration register  
R/W  
www.national.com  
51  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.12.3 Parallel Port Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to F2h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
Reserved  
0
2
1
0
Name  
Extended  
Register  
Access  
PP Reflect-  
ed Input  
Signals  
Power  
Mode  
Control  
TRI-STATE  
Control  
Parallel Port Mode Select  
Reset  
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
Bit  
Description  
7-5 Parallel Port Mode Select  
000: SPP Compatible mode. PD7-0 are always output signals.  
001: SPP Extended mode. PD7-0 direction is controlled by software.  
010: EPP 1.7 mode  
011: EPP 1.9 mode  
100: ECP mode (IEEE1284 register set), with no support for EPP mode.  
101: Reserved  
110: Reserved  
111: ECP mode (IEEE1284 register set), with EPP mode selectable as mode 4.  
Selection of EPP 1.7 or 1.9 in ECP mode 4 is controlled by bit 4 of the Control2 configuration register of the  
parallel port at offset 02h.  
4
Extended Register Access  
0: Registers at base (address) + 403h, base + 404h and base + 405h are not accessible (reads and writes are ignored).  
1: Registers at base (address) + 403h, base + 404h and base + 405h are accessible. This option supports run-  
time configuration within the Parallel Port address space.  
3
2
Reserved  
PP Reflected Input Signals. When the parallel port input signal is disconnected by the PPM, the input signals  
reflected by the STR register assume one of the following values:  
0: BUSY = 1, PE = 0, SLCT = 0, ACK = 1 (default)  
1: BUSY = 1, PE = 1, SLCT = 1, ACK = 1.  
1
0
Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active:  
0: Parallel port clock disabled. ECP modes and EPP time-out are not functional when the logical device is active.  
Registers are maintained.  
1: Parallel port clock enabled. All operation modes are functional when the logical device is active (default).  
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
52  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.13 SERIAL PORT 2 CONFIGURATION  
2.13.1 General Description  
Serial Port 2 includes IR functionality as described in the Serial Port 2 with IR chapter.  
2.13.2 Logical Device 2 (SP2) Configuration  
Table 21 lists the configuration registers which affect the Serial Port 2. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See  
Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.  
Table 21. Serial Port 2 Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register and bit 2 of the SIOCF6 register. R/W  
00h  
02h  
F8h  
03h  
03h  
04h  
04h  
02h  
60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b.  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bit 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b.  
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register  
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is R/W; other bits are read only.  
74h DMA Channel Select 0 (RX_DMA)  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
75h DMA Channel Select 1 (TX_DMA)  
F0h Serial Port 2 Configuration register  
www.national.com  
53  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.13.3 Serial Port 2 Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 02h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
0
2
1
0
Name  
Bank  
Select  
Enable  
Power  
Mode  
Control  
Busy  
Indicator  
TRI-STATE  
Control  
Reserved  
Reset  
0
0
0
1
0
Bit  
Description  
7
Bank Select Enable. Enables bank switching for Serial Port 2.  
0: All attempts to access the extended registers in Serial Port 2 are ignored (default).  
1: Enables bank switching for Serial Port 2.  
6-3 Reserved  
2
Busy Indicator. This read only bit can be used by power management software to decide when to power-down  
the Serial Port 2 logical device.  
0: No transfer in progress (default).  
1: Transfer in progress.  
1
Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active in:  
0: Low power mode  
Serial Port 2 clock disabled. The output signals are set to their default states. The RI input signal can be  
programmed to generate an interrupt. Registers are maintained (unlike Active bit in index 30 that also  
prevents access to Serial Port 2 registers).  
1: Normal power mode  
Serial Port 2 clock enabled. Serial Port 2 is functional when the logical device is active (default).  
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.  
One exception is the IRTX pin, which is driven to 0 when Serial Port 2 is inactive and is not affected by this bit.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
54  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.14 SERIAL PORT 1 CONFIGURATION  
2.14.1 Logical Device 3 (SP1) Configuration  
Table 22 lists the configuration registers which affect the Serial Port 2. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See  
Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for descriptions of the others.  
Table 22. Serial Port 1 Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. See also bit 0 of the SIOCF1 register and bit 3 of the SIOCF6 register. R/W  
00h  
03h  
F8h  
04h  
03h  
04h  
04h  
02h  
60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b.  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bit 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b.  
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register  
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is R/W; other bits are read only.  
74h Report no DMA Assignment  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
75h Report no DMA Assignment  
RO  
F0h Serial Port 1 Configuration register  
R/W  
2.14.2 Serial Port 1 Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 02h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
0
2
1
0
Name  
Bank  
Select  
Enable  
Power  
Mode  
Control  
Busy  
Indicator  
TRI-STATE  
Control  
Reserved  
Reset  
0
0
0
1
0
Bit  
Description  
7
Bank Select Enable. Enables bank switching for Serial Port 1.  
0: Disabled (default).  
1: Enabled  
6-3 Reserved  
2
Busy Indicator. This read only bit can be used by power management software to decide when to power-down  
the Serial Port 1 logical device.  
0: No transfer in progress (default).  
1: Transfer in progress.  
1
Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active in:  
0: Low power mode  
Serial Port 1 clock disabled. The output signals are set to their default states. The RI input signal can be  
programmed to generate an interrupt. Registers are maintained (unlike Active bit in Index 30 that also  
prevents access to Serial Port 1 registers).  
1: Normal power mode  
Serial Port 1 clock enabled. Serial Port 1 is functional when the logical device is active (default).  
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
55  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.15 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) PORTS CONFIGURATION  
This section applies to the PC87392, PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
2.15.1 General Description  
The GPIO functional block includes 32 pins, arranged in four 8-bit ports (ports 0, 1, 2 and 3). All pins in ports 0 and 1 are  
I/O, and have full event detection capability, enabling them to trigger the assertion of IRQ and SMI signals. Pins in ports 2  
and 3 are I/O, but none of them has event detection capability. The twelve runtime registers associated with the four ports  
are arranged in the GPIO address space as shown in Table 23. The GPIO base address is 16-byte aligned. Address bits 3-  
0 are used to indicate the register offset.  
Table 23. Runtime Registers in GPIO Address Space  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
GPDO0 GPIO Data Out 0  
GPDI0 GPIO Data In 0  
Register Name  
Port Type  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
08h  
09h  
0Ah  
0Bh  
0
1
R/W  
RO  
GPEVEN0 GPIO Event Enable 0  
GPEVST0 GPIO Event Status 0  
GPDO1 GPIO Data Out 1  
R/W  
R/W1C  
R/W  
RO  
GPDI1  
GPIO Data In 1  
GPEVEN1 GPIO Event Enable 1  
GPEVST1 GPIO Event Status 1  
GPDO2 Data Out 2  
R/W  
R/W1C  
R/W  
RO  
2
3
GPDI2  
GPDO3 Data Out 3  
GPDI3 Data In 3  
Data In 2  
R/W  
RO  
2.15.2 Implementation  
The standard GPIO port with event detection capability (such as ports 0 and 1) has four runtime registers. Each pin is asso-  
ciated with a GPIO Pin Configuration register that includes seven configuration bits. Ports 2 and 3 are non-standard ports  
that do not support event detection, and therefore differ from the generic model as follows:  
They each have two runtime registers for basic functionality: GPDO2/3 and GPDI2/3. Event detection registers  
GPEVEN2/3 and GPEVST2/3 are not available.  
Only bits 3-0 are implemented in the GPIO Pin Configuration registers of ports 2 and 3. Bits 6-4, associated with the  
event detection functionality, are reserved.  
www.national.com  
56  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.15.3 Logical Device 7 (GPIO) Configuration  
Table 24 lists the configuration registers which affect the GPIO. Only the last three registers (F0h - F2h) are described here.  
See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.  
Table 24. GPIO Configuration Register  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. See also bit 7 of the SIOCF1 register.  
60h Base Address MSB register  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
03h  
04h  
04h  
00h  
44h  
01h  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 3-0 (for A3-0) are read only, 0000b.  
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register  
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.  
74h Report no DMA assignment  
75h Report no DMA assignment  
RO  
F0h GPIO Pin Select register  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
F1h GPIO Pin Configuration register  
F2h GPIO Pin Event Routing register  
Figure 6 shows the organization of these registers.  
GPIO Pin Select Register  
(Index F0h)  
Port Select  
Pin Select  
Port 3, Pin 0  
Port 2, Pin 0  
Port 1, Pin 0  
Port 0, Pin 0  
Pin 0  
Port 0  
GPIO Pin  
Configuration Register  
(Index F1h)  
Configuration Registers  
Port 0, Pin 7  
Port 3  
Pin 7  
Pin 0  
Port 1, Pin 0  
Port 0, Pin 0  
Port 0  
Port 1  
GPIO Pin Event  
Routing Register  
(Index F2h)  
Event Routing  
Registers  
Port 0, Pin 7  
Pin 7  
Figure 6. Organization of GPIO Pin Registers  
www.national.com  
57  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.15.4 GPIO Pin Select Register  
This register selects the GPIO pin (port number and bit number) to be configured (i.e., which register is accessed via the  
GPIO Pin Configuration register). It is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
Reserved  
0
2
0
1
Pin Select  
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
Port Select  
0
Bit  
Description  
7-6 Reserved  
5-4 Port Select. These bits select the GPIO port to be configured:  
00: Port 0 (default)  
01, 10, 11: Binary value of port numbers 1-3 respectively. All other values are reserved.  
3
Reserved  
2-0 Pin Select. These bits select the GPIO pin to be configured in the selected port:  
000, 001,... 111: Binary value of the pin number, 0, 1,... 7 respectively (default=0)  
www.national.com  
58  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.15.5 GPIO Pin Configuration Register  
This register reflects, for both read and write, the register currently selected by the GPIO Pin Select register. All the GPIO  
Pin registers that are accessed via this register have a common bit structure, as shown below. This register is reset by hard-  
ware to 44h, except for ports 2 and 3, that are reset to 04h, and GPIO36 which resets to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F1h  
R/W  
Ports: 0 and 1 (with event detection capability)  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
Lock  
0
2
1
0
Name  
Event  
Event  
Polarity  
Pull-Up  
Control  
Output  
Type  
Output  
Enable  
Reserved Debounce  
Enable  
Event Type  
Reset  
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
Ports 2 and 3 (without event detection capability)  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
Lock  
0
2
1
0
Name  
Pull-Up  
Control  
Output  
Type  
Output  
Enable  
Reserved  
Reset  
1
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
6
Reserved  
Event Debounce Enable. (Ports 0 and 1 with event detection capability). Enables transferring the signal only  
after a predetermined debouncing period of time.  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
Reserved. (Ports 2 and 3). Always 0.  
5
4
3
Event Polarity. (Ports 0 and 1 with event detection capability). This bit defines the polarity of the signal that  
issues an interrupt from the corresponding GPIO pin (falling/low or rising/high).  
0: Falling edge or low level input (default)  
1: Rising edge or high level input  
Reserved. (Ports 2 and 3). Always 0.  
Event Type. (Ports 0 and 1 with event detection capability). This bit defines the type of the signal that issues an  
interrupt from the corresponding GPIO pin (edge or level).  
0: Edge input (default)  
1: Level input  
Reserved. (Ports 2 and 3). Always 0.  
Lock. This bit locks the corresponding GPIO pin. Once this bit is set to 1 by software, it can only be cleared to  
0 by system reset or power-off. Pin multiplexing is functional until the Multiplexing Lock bit is 1 (bit 7 of SuperI/O  
Configuration 1 register, SIOCF1).  
0: No effect (default)  
1: Direction, output type, pull-up and output value locked  
www.national.com  
59  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
Bit  
Description  
2
Pull-Up Control. This bit is used to enable/disable the internal pull-up capability of the corresponding GPIO pin.  
It supports open-drain output signals with internal pull-ups and TTL input signals.  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
1
0
Output Type. This bit controls the output buffer type (open-drain or push-pull) of the corresponding GPIO pin.  
0: Open-drain (default)  
1: Push-pull  
Output Enable. This bit indicates the GPIO pin output state. It has no effect on the input path.  
0: TRI-STATE (default)  
1: Output enabled  
2.15.6 GPIO Event Routing Register  
This register enables the routing of the GPIO event to IRQ and/or SMI signals. It is implemented only for ports 0,1 which  
have event detection capability. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F2h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
Name  
Enable SMI Enable IRQ  
Routing  
Reserved  
Routing  
Reset  
0
0
1
Bit  
Description  
7-2 Reserved  
1
Enable SMI Routing  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
0
Enable IRQ Routing  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
www.national.com  
60  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.16 WATCHDOG TIMER (WDT) CONFIGURATION  
2.16.1 Logical Device 10 (WDT) Configuration  
Table 25 lists the configuration registers which affect the WATCHDOG Timer. Only the last register (F0h) is described here.  
See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.  
Table 25. WDT Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not  
accessible.  
R/W  
00h  
60h Base Address MSB register  
R/W  
00h  
00h  
00h  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 1 and 0 (for A1 and A0) are read only, 00b. R/W  
70h Interrupt Number (for routing the WDO signal) and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable R/W  
register.  
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.  
74h Report no DMA assignment  
R/W  
RO  
03h  
04h  
04h  
02h  
75h Report no DMA assignment  
RO  
F0h WATCHDOG Timer Configuration register  
R/W  
2.16.2 WATCHDOG Timer Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 02h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
2
1
0
Name  
Internal  
Pull-Up  
Enable  
Power  
Mode  
Control  
Output  
Type  
TRI-STATE  
Control  
Reserved  
Reset  
0
0
1
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3
2
1
Output Type. This bit controls the buffer type (open-drain or push-pull) of the WDO pin.  
0: Open-drain (default)  
1: Push-pull  
Internal Pull-Up Enable. This bit controls the internal pull-up resistor on the WDO pin.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Power Mode Control  
0: Low power mode:  
WATCHDOG Timer clock disabled. WDO output signal is set to 1. Registers are accessible and maintained  
(unlike Active bit in Index 30h that also prevents access to WATCHDOG Timer registers).  
1: Normal power mode:  
WATCHDOG Timer clock enabled. WATCHDOG Timer is functional when the logical device is active (default).  
0
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
61  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.17 GAME PORT (GMP) CONFIGURATION  
This section applies to the PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
2.17.1 Logical Device 11 (GMP) Configuration  
Table 26 lists the configuration registers which affect the Game Port. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Sec-  
tions 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.  
Table 26. GMP Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not  
accessible.  
R/W  
00h  
60h Base Address MSB register  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
02h  
01h  
00h  
03h  
04h  
04h  
00h  
61h Base Address LSB register.  
70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register.  
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.  
74h Report no DMA assignment  
75h Report no DMA assignment  
RO  
F0h Game Port Configuration register  
R/W  
2.17.2 Game Port Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
GMP  
Enhanced  
Mode Enable Enable  
Internal  
Pull-Up  
TRI-STATE  
Control  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3
GMP Enhanced Mode Enable. See Usage Hints below.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
2
Internal Pull-Up Enable. When the GMP functions are selected, this bit controls the internal pull-up resistor on  
pins 96 (GPIO07/JOYABTN0), 3 (GPIO00/JOYABTN1), 97 (GPIO06/JOYBBTN0) and 2 (GPIO01/JOYBBTN1) or  
pins 74 (GPIO17/JOYABTN0), 81 (GPIO10/JOYABTN1), 75 (GPIO16/JOYBBTN0), 80 (GPIO11/JOYBBTN1).  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
1
0
Reserved  
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
62  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
Usage Hints: To operate GMP enhanced features, make sure to locate its base address within the LPC Wide Generic ad-  
dress range.  
When bit 3 of the GMP configuration register is set to 0 (default), the GMP operates in Legacy mode. In this mode, only the  
Game Port Legacy Status (GMPLST) register of the GMP is accessible, and is mapped to the base address of the GMP.  
For example, if GMP configuration bit 3 is set to 0 and the base address is programmed to 203h, the GMPLST register is  
mapped to address 203h, and is the only user-accessible GMP register.  
The GMP is also forced to operate in Legacy mode if the programmed base address is not 16-byte aligned; i.e. bits 3-0 of  
the base address are not all 0’s.  
When bit 3 of the GMP register is set to 1 and the programmed GMP base address is 16-byte aligned; i.e., bits 3-0 of the  
base address are all 0’s, the GMP can be operated in Enhanced mode. In this condtion, all the registers listed in the GMP  
chapter are accessible.  
www.national.com  
63  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.18 MIDI PORT (MIDI) CONFIGURATION  
This section applies to the PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
2.18.1 Logical Device 12 (MIDI) Configuration  
Table 26 lists the configuration registers which affect the MIDI Port. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Sec-  
tions 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.  
Table 27. MIDI Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not accessible.  
60h Base Address MSB register  
R/W  
R/W  
00h  
03h  
30h  
00h  
03h  
04h  
04h  
00h  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bit 0 (for A0) is read only, 0b.  
70h Interrupt Number and wake-up on IRQ enable.  
71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only.  
74h Report no DMA assignment  
Varies per bit  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
75h Report no DMA assignment  
RO  
F0h MIDI Port Configuration register  
R/W  
2.18.2 MIDI Port Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F0h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
1
Reserved  
0
0
Name  
MIDI  
Enhanced  
Mode Enable Enable  
Internal  
Pull-Up  
TRI-STATE  
Control  
Reserved  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3
MIDI Enhanced Mode Enable. See Usage Hints below.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
2
Internal Pull-Up Enable. This bit controls the internal pull-up resistor on pin 83 (GPIO32/MDRX).  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
1
0
Reserved  
TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Usage Hints: To operate MIDI enhanced features, make sure to locate its base address within the LPC Wide Generic ad-  
dress range.  
When bit 3 of the MIDI configuration register is set to 0 (default), the MIDI operates in Legacy mode. In this mode, only the  
MIDI IN, MIDI OUT, MIDI Status and MIDI Command registers of the MIDI are user-accessible.  
When bit 3 of the MIDI configuration register is set to 1, the MIDI is operated in Enhanced mode. In this condition, all the  
registers listed in the MIDI chapter are accessible.  
www.national.com  
64  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.19 X-BUS CONFIGURATION  
This section applies to the PC87393 and PC87393F only. FWH-related descriptions apply to the PC87393F only.  
2.19.1 Logical Device 15 (X-Bus) Configuration  
Table 28 lists the configuration registers that affect the X-Bus functional block. The X-Bus base address registers point to  
the X-Bus registers described in the X-Bus chapter. The memory space to which the X-Bus responds is defined by the con-  
figuration registers in the following sections. See Sections 2.2.3 and 2.2.4 for a detailed description of the others.  
Table 28. X-Bus Configuration Registers  
Index  
Configuration Register or Action  
Type  
Reset  
30h Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the registers of this logical device are not accessible.  
60h Base Address MSB register  
R/W  
R/W  
00h  
00h  
00h  
61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 3-0 (for A3-A0) are read only, 0000b.  
Varies per  
bit  
70h Interrupt Number and wake-up on IRQ enable.  
71h Interrupt Type.  
RO  
RO  
00h  
00h  
04h  
04h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
74h Report no DMA assignment  
RO  
75h Report no DMA assignment  
RO  
F0h X-Bus I/O Configuration register  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
F1h X-Bus I/O Base Address High Byte register  
F2h X-Bus I/O Base Address Low Byte register  
F3h X-Bus I/O Size Configuration register  
F4h X-Bus Memory Configuration register  
F5h X-Bus Memory Base Address High Byte register  
F6h X-Bus Memory Base Address Low Byte register  
F7h X-Bus Memory Size Configuration register  
F8h X-Bus PIRQA and PIRQB Mapping register  
F9h X-Bus PIRQC and PIRQD Mapping register  
2.19.2 X-Bus I/O Range Programming  
LPC I/O transactions can be forwarded to the PC8739x X-Bus. The X-Bus I/O configuration registers define the map of ad-  
dresses to be forwarded. The PC8739x provides five, individually enabled I/O zones. Each zone generates an internal select  
signal that is sent to the X-Bus functional block. The mapping of the internal select signals to the PC8739x XCS0-1 signals  
is controlled by the X-Bus. See Section 7.3 for further details.  
The supported I/O zones are:  
Keyboard controller (KBC) - legacy 60h, 64h addresses and an alternate location  
Power Management & Embedded Controller (PM) - legacy 62h, 66h and an alternate location  
Real Time Clock (RTC) - legacy 70h, 71h and two alternate locations  
User-Defined I/O Zone (UDIZ) - specified using the zone size (2n where n is 1 through 8) and start address (must be  
aligned with the block size)  
Debug Port Address Enable (TST) - This zone is for debug use only.  
These decoded I/O zones are determined by the following four registers: X-Bus I/O Configuration, X-Bus I/O Zone Base  
Address High and Low Byte, and X-Bus I/O Size Configuration. When a zone (e.g. KBC, PM or RTC) is enabled but is not  
associated with any select signal in the X-Bus interface, a value of 00h is read and data written is ignored.  
www.national.com  
65  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.19.3 X-Bus Memory Range Programming  
LPC memory transactions and/or LPC-FWH transactions can be forwarded to the PC8739x X-Bus. The X-Bus Memory Con-  
figuration register defines the address space to which the PC8739x responds. The XCNF2-0 strap inputs impact the default  
setting of the X-Bus Memory Configuration register enable boot process from memories connected on the X-Bus. Two mem-  
ory areas may be individually enabled: a user-defined zone, and BIOS memory (BIOS-LPC and/or BIOS-FWH spaces).  
To enable BIOS support, set the XCNF2-0 strap inputs to select any of the BIOS modes (see Section 1.5.11 for details). The  
PC8739x responds to LPC memory read and write transactions to/from the BIOS address spaces, shown in Table 29, as  
long as BIOS LPC Enable (bit 0) of the X-Bus Memory Configuration register is set.  
Table 29. BIOS-LPC Memory Space Definition  
Memory Address Range  
Description  
000E 0000h - 000E FFFFh  
Extended BIOS Range (Legacy)  
Only when Extended BIOS Enable bit in X-Bus Memory  
Range Configuration register is set  
000F 0000h - 000F FFFFh  
BIOS Range (Legacy)  
FFC0 0000h - FFFFF FFFh 386 mode BIOS Range.  
This is the upper 4 Mbyte of the memory space  
The PC8739x responds to LPC-FWH read and write transactions from/to the high memory address range (’386’ mode BIOS  
range), shown in Table 29, as long as BIOS FWH Enable (bit 3) of the X-Bus Memory Configuration register is set.  
Table 30. BIOS-FWH Memory Space Definition  
Memory Address Range  
Description  
FFC0 0000h - FFFFF FFFh 386 mode BIOS Range.  
This is the upper 4 Mbyte of the memory space  
Upon reset in BIOS enabled mode (XCNF000), the BIOS LPC Enable bit is set and the BIOS FWH Enable bit is set. The  
PC8739x automatically detects the type of host boot protocol in use via the first completed BIOS read operation after reset.  
If the first read is an LPC memory read, the BIOS FWH Enable bit is cleared. If the first read is an LPC-FWH read, the BIOS  
LPC Enable bit is cleared. Any other LPC or LPC-FWH transactions are ignored. The bits are cleared only by the first read  
operation, allowing software to enable response to these address ranges by setting the bit. Figure 7 illustrates this behavior.  
XCNF[2-0] Disable BIOS  
BIOS FWH Enable =0  
BIOS LPC Enable = 0  
RESET  
BIOS FWH Enable =1  
BIOS LPC Enable = 1  
First LPC FWH Read  
First LPC Memory Read  
BIOS FWH Enable =0  
BIOS LPC Enable = 1  
BIOS FWH Enable =1  
BIOS LPC Enable = 0  
Note:  
Only hardware-controlled transitions  
are shown. Other transitions are  
possible via software writes to the bits.  
Figure 7. BIOS Mapping Enable Scheme  
The User-Defined Memory Zone (UDMZ) is specified via a 32-bit start address. This address is formed by 8 bits of the X-  
Bus Memory Base Address Low Byte register, 8 bits of the X-Bus Memory Base Address HIgh Byte register and 16 least  
significant bits of 0. The size of the window is specified through the X-Bus Memory Size Configuration register. The zone  
base address must be aligned to the block size.  
The address used for the X-Bus transaction is the 28 least significant bits of the address bus. In read transactions, the data  
read from the X-Bus is passed to the LPC bus. In write transactions, the data from the LPC is passed to the X-Bus.  
2.19.4 X-Bus I/O Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Index F0h  
www.national.com  
66  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
Type:  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
User-  
TST  
Defined I/O Address  
RTC Address Enable  
PM Address Enable  
KBC Address Enable  
Zone  
Enable  
Enable  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
User-Defined I/O Zone Enable. This bit enables the mapping of the User-Defined I/O zone to the X-Bus space.  
The zone base address and size are defined by the X-Bus I/O Base Address High Byte register, X-Bus I/O Base  
Address Low Byte register and the X-Bus I/O Size Configuration register.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
6
TST (Debug Port) Address Enable. When set, enables the mapping of I/O address 80h to the X-Bus space.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
5-4 RTC Address Enable. This bit controls the mapping of the RTC I/O address to the X-Bus space.  
Bits  
5 4  
Mapping (hex)  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
Disabled (default)  
70, 71  
370, 371  
70, 71, 72, 73  
3-2 PM Address Enable. This bit controls the mapping of the PM I/O address to the X-Bus space.  
Bits  
3 2  
Mapping (hex)  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
Disabled (default)  
62, 66  
362, 366  
Reserved  
1-0 KBC Address Enable. This bit controls the mapping of the KBC I/O address to the X-Bus space.  
Bits  
1 0  
Mapping (hex)  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
Disabled (default)  
60, 64  
360, 364  
Reserved  
www.national.com  
67  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.19.5 X-Bus I/O Base Address High Byte Register  
This register describes the high byte for the user-defined I/O zone mapped to the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware  
to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F1h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
User-Defined Zone Address High  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 User-Defined Zone Address High. Defines the higher 8 bits of the user-defined I/O block base address. The  
base address should be aligned on the selected block size.  
2.19.6 X-Bus I/O Base Address Low Byte Register  
This register describes the low byte for the user-defined I/O zone mapped to the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware  
to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F2h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
User-Defined Zone Address Low  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 User-Defined Zone Address Low. Defines the lower 8 bits of the user-defined I/O block base address. The  
base address should be aligned on the selected block size.  
2.19.7 X-Bus I/O Size Configuration Register  
This register defines the size of the user-defined I/O zone mapped to the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F3h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
1
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
User-Defined I/O Zone Size  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3-0 User-Defined I/O Zone Size. Defines the size in bytes of the zone window. The size is defined as a power of  
two using the equation: NumOfBytes = 2n(User-Defined I/O Zone size). The zone must always be aligned to the  
window size (i.e., for a 128 byte window, the 7 LSBs of the address are zero).  
Bits  
Size (Bytes)  
3 2 1 0  
0 0 0 0 1 (default)  
. . .  
1 0 0 0 256  
Other  
Reserved  
www.national.com  
68  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.19.8 X-Bus Memory Configuration Register  
This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F4h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
0
6
5
4
0
3
2
1
0
Name  
User-  
Defined  
Memory  
Space  
BIOS  
BIOS FWH  
Enable  
Extended BIOS LPC  
Space  
Enable  
BIOS FWH ID  
Enable  
Enable  
Reset  
0
0
Depends on strap setting.  
Bit  
Description  
7-4 BIOS FWH ID. The identification nibble that is part of a FWH transaction (see Section 2.8.1 for details), which  
identifies the device addressed.  
3
2
BIOS FWH Enable. When set, enables PC8739x response to LPC-FWH transactions to the BIOS-FWH space,  
if the BIOS FWH ID matches the ID of the transaction.. The reset value of this register is defined by the XCNF2-  
0 configuration inputs. The value of this bit is later updated, based on the detected host BIOS scheme, see  
Section 2.19.3 for details.  
0: Disabled (default when XCNF disable BIOS configuration)  
1: Enabled (default when XCNF enable BIOS configuration)  
User-Defined Memory Space Enable. When set, enables the PC8739x to respond to LPC memory read and  
write accesses in the user-defined memory area range. The base address and size of the user-defined range is  
specified by X-Bus Memory Base Address High and Low Byte registers and the X-Bus Memory Size  
Configuration register.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
1
0
BIOS Extended Space Enable. Expands the BIOS address space to which the PC8739x responds to include  
the Extended BIOS address range.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
BIOS LPC Enable. Enables the PC8739x to respond to LPC memory accesses to the BIOS-LPC space. The  
reset value of this register is defined by the XCNF2-0 configuration inputs. The value of this bit is later updated,  
based on the detected host BIOS scheme (see Section 2.19.3 for details).  
0: Disabled (default when XCNF disable BIOS configuration)  
1: Enabled (default when XCNF enable BIOS configuration)  
2.19.9 X-Bus Memory Base Address High Byte Register  
This register describes the high byte for the user-defined memory zone mapped to the X-Bus (decoded as bits 31 to 24 of  
the 32-bit address range, bits 15-0 are 0). This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F5h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
User-Defined Memory Zone Address High  
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 User-Defined Memory Zone Address High. Defines the higher 8 bits of the user-defined memory block base  
address. The base address should be aligned on the selected block size.  
www.national.com  
69  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.19.10 X-Bus Memory Base Address Low Byte Register  
This register describes the low byte for the user-defined memory zone mapped to the X-Bus (decoded as bits 23 to 16 of  
the 32-bit address range; bits 15 to 0 are 0). This register is reset by hardware to 00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F6h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
User-Defined Memory Zone Address Low  
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 User-Defined Memory Zone Address Low. Defines the lower 8 bits of the user-defined memory block base  
address. The base address should be aligned on the selected block size.  
2.19.11 X-Bus Memory Size Configuration Register  
This register defines the size of the user-defined memory zone mapped to the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware to  
00h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F7h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
1
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
User-Defined Memory Zone Size  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3-0 User-Defined Memory Zone Size. Defines the size in bytes of the zone window. The size is defined as a power  
of two using the equation: NumOfBytes = 2n(User-Defined Memory Zone size+16). The zone must always be  
aligned to the window size (i.e., for a 128 Kbyte window, the 17 LSBs of the address should be zero.  
Bits  
Size (Bytes)  
3 2 1 0  
0 0 0 0 64K (default)  
. . .  
1 0 0 0 16M  
Other  
Reserved  
www.national.com  
70  
2.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)  
2.19.12 X-Bus PIRQA and PIRQB Mapping Register  
This set of registers defines the mapping of the PIRQA and PIRQB signals.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F8h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
0
3
0
2
1
0
0
Name  
PIRQB Mapping  
PIRQA Mapping  
0 0  
Reset  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 PIRQB Mapping. Defines to which host IRQ the PIRQB input is routed.  
Bits  
Function  
3 2 1 0  
0 0 0 0 IRQ Disabled (default)  
0 0 0 1 IRQ1  
. . .  
1 1 1 1  
IRQ 15  
3-0 PIRQA Mapping. Defines to which host IRQ the PIRQA input is routed.  
Bits  
Function  
3 2 1 0  
0 0 0 0 IRQ Disabled (default)  
0 0 0 1 IRQ1  
. . .  
1 1 1 1  
IRQ 15  
2.19.13 X-Bus PIRQC and PIRQD Mapping Register  
This set of registers defines the mapping of the PIRQC and PIRQD signals.  
Location:  
Type:  
Index F9h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
0
2
1
0
0
Name  
PIRQD Mapping  
PIRQC Mapping  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 PIRQD Mapping. Defines to which host IRQ the PIRQD input is routed.  
Bits  
Function  
3 2 1 0  
0 0 0 0 IRQ Disabled (default)  
0 0 0 1 IRQ1  
. . .  
1 1 1 1  
IRQ 15  
3-0 PIRQC Mapping. Defines to which host IRQ the PIRQC input is routed.  
Bits  
Function  
3 2 1 0  
0 0 0 0 IRQ Disabled (default)  
0 0 0 1 IRQ1  
. . .  
1 1 1 1  
IRQ 15  
www.national.com  
71  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port  
Note: This section applies to the PC87392, PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
This chapter describes one 8-bit port. A device may include a combination of several ports with different implementations.  
For the device specific implementation, see the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.  
3.1 OVERVIEW  
The GPIO port is an 8-bit port, which is based on eight pins. It features:  
Software capability to manipulate and read pin levels  
Controllable system notification by several means based on the pin level or level transition  
Ability to capture and manipulate events and their associated status  
Back-drive protected pins.  
GPIO port operation is associated with two sets of registers:  
Pin Configuration registers, mapped in the Device Configuration space. These registers are used to statically set up  
the logical behavior of each pin. There are two 8-bit register for each GPIO pin.  
Four 8-bit runtime registers: GPIO Data Out (GPDO), GPIO Data In (GPDI), GPIO Event Enable (GPEVEN) and  
GPIO Event Status (GPEVST). These registers are mapped in the GPIO device IO space (which is determined by  
the base address registers in the GPIO Device Configuration). They are used to manipulate and/or read the pin val-  
ues, and to control and handle system notification. Each runtime register corresponds to the 8-pin port, such that bit  
n in each one of the four registers is associated with GPIOXn pin, where X is the port number.  
Each GPIO pin is associated with ten configuration bits and the corresponding bit slice of the four runtime registers, as  
shown in Figure 8.  
The functionality of the GPIO port is divided into basic functionality that includes the manipulation and reading of the GPIO  
pins, and enhanced functionality. The basic functionality is described in Section 3.2. The enhanced functionality which in-  
cludes the event detection and system notification is described in Section 3.3.  
Bit n  
GPDOX  
GPIOX Base Address  
GPDIX  
Runtime  
8 GPCFG  
Registers  
GPEVENX  
GPEVSTX  
Registers  
X = port number  
n = pin number, 0 to 7  
GPIO Pin  
Configuration (GPCFG)  
Register  
GPIOXn  
Pin  
GPIOXn CNFG  
GPIOXn  
Port Logic  
x8  
Port and Pin  
Select  
GPIO Pin  
Select (GPSEL)  
Register  
x8  
8 GPEVR  
Registers  
Event  
Pending  
Indicator  
Interrupt  
Request  
Event  
Routing  
Control  
SMI  
x8  
GPIO Pin Event  
Routing (GPEVR)  
Register  
GPIOXn ROUTE  
Figure 8. GPIO Port Architecture  
www.national.com  
72  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port (Continued)  
3.2 BASIC FUNCTIONALITY  
The basic functionality of each GPIO pin is based on four configuration bits and a bit slice of runtime registers GPDO and  
GPDI. The configuration and operation of a single pin GPIOXn (pin n in port X) is shown in Figure 9.  
GPIO Device  
Enable  
Read Only  
Data In  
Static  
Pull-Up  
Push-Pull =1  
Pin  
Read/Write  
Data Out  
Internal  
Bus  
Pull-Up  
Enable  
Output  
Enable  
Output  
Type  
Pull-Up  
Control  
Lock  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
GPIO Pin Configuration (GPCFG) Register  
Figure 9. GPIO Basic Functionality  
3.2.1  
Configuration Options  
The GPCFG register controls the following basic configuration options:  
Port Direction - Controlled by the Output Enable bit (bit 0)  
Output Type - Push-pull vs. open-drain. It is controlled by Output Buffer Type (bit 1) by enabling/disabling the pull-up  
portion of the output buffer.  
Weak Static Pull-Up - May be added to any type of port (input, open-drain or push-pull). It is controlled by Pull-Up Control  
(bit 2).  
Pin Lock - GPIO pin may be locked to prevent any changes in the output value and/or the output characteristics. The  
lock is controlled by Lock (bit 3). It disables writes to the GPDO register bits, and to bits 0-3 of the GPCFG register (In-  
cluding the Lock bit itself). Once locked, it can be released by hardware reset only.  
3.2.2  
Operation  
The value that is written to the GPDO register is driven to the pin, if the output is enabled. Reading from the GPDO register  
returns its contents, regardless of the pin value or the port configuration. The GPDI register is a read-only register. Reading  
from the GPDI register returns the pin value, regardless of what is driving it (the port itself, configured as an output port, or  
the external device when the port is configured as an input port). Writing to this register is ignored.  
Activation of the GPIO port is controlled by external device specific configuration bit (or a combination of bits). When the port  
is inactive, access to GPDI and GPDO registers is disabled, and the inputs are blocked. However, there is no change in the  
port configuration and in the GPDO value, and hence there is no effect on the outputs of the pins.  
www.national.com  
73  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port (Continued)  
3.3 EVENT HANDLING AND SYSTEM NOTIFICATION  
The enhanced GPIO port supports system notification based on event detection. This functionality is based on six configu-  
ration bits and a bit slice of runtime registers GPEVEN and GPEVST. The configuration and operation of the event detection  
capability is shown in Figure 10. The operation of system notification is illustrated in Figure 11.  
1
Event  
Pending  
Indicator  
0
R/W  
Event  
Enable  
0
1
Rising  
Edge  
Detector  
R/W 1 to Clear  
Input  
Status  
Debouncer  
Detected  
Pin  
Enabled Events  
from other  
GPIO Pins  
Rising Edge or  
High Level =1  
Level =1  
Internal  
Bus  
Event  
Event Type  
Debounce  
Event Polarity  
Bit 5  
Enable  
Bit 6  
Bit 4  
GPIO Pin Configuration Register  
Figure 10. Event Detection  
3.3.1  
Event Configuration  
Each pin in the GPIO port is a potential input event source. The event detection can trigger a system notification upon pre-  
determined behavior of the source pin. The GPCFG register determines the event detection trigger type for the system no-  
tification.  
Event Type and Polarity  
Two trigger types of event detection are supported: edge and level. An edge event may be detected upon a source pin tran-  
sition either from high to low or low to high. A level event may be detected when the source pin is in active level. The trigger  
type is determined by Event Type (bit 4 of the GPCFG register). The direction of the transition (for edge) or the polarity of  
the active level (for level) is determined by Event Polarity (bit 5 of the GPCFG register).  
Event Debounce Enable  
The input signal can be debounced for about 15 msec before entering the detector. The signal state is transferred to the  
detector only after a debouncing period during which the signal has no transitions, to ensure that the signal is stable. The  
debouncer adds 15 msec delay to both assertion and de-assertion of the event pending indicator. Therefore, when working  
with a level event and system notification by either SMI or IRQ, it is recommended to disable the debounce if the delay in  
the SMI/IRQ de-assertion is not acceptable. The debounce is controlled by Event Debounce Enable (bit 6 of the GPCFG  
register).  
3.3.2  
System Notification  
System notification on GPIO-triggered events is by means of assertion of one or more of the following output pins:  
Interrupt Request (via the device’s Bus Interface)  
System Management Interrupt (SMI, via the device’s Bus Interface)  
The system notification for each GPIO pin is controlled by the corresponding bits in the GPEVEN and GPEVR registers.  
System notification by a GPIO pin is enabled if the corresponding bit of the GPEVEN register is set to 1. The corresponding  
bits in the GPEVR register select which means of system notification the detected event is routed to. The event routing  
mechanism is described in Figure 11.  
www.national.com  
74  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port (Continued)  
Event Pending Indicator  
SMI  
IRQ  
Event  
Routing  
Logic  
Enable  
SMI  
Routing  
Enable  
IRQ  
Routing  
Routed Events  
from other GPIO Pins  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
GPIO Pin Event Routing Register  
Figure 11. GPIO Event Routing Mechanism  
The GPEVST register is a general-purpose edge detector which may be used to reflect the event source pending status for  
edge-triggered events.  
The term active edge refers to a change in a GPIO pin level that matches the Event Polarity bit (1 for rising edge and 0 for  
falling edge). Active level refers to the GPIO pin level that matches the Event Polarity bit (1 for high level and 0 for low level).  
The corresponding bit of the GPEVST register is set by hardware whenever an active edge is detected, regardless of any  
other bit settings. Writing 1 to the Status bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 is ignored.  
A GPIO pin is in event pending state if the corresponding bit of the GPEVEN register is set and either:  
The Event Type is level and the pin is in active level, or  
The Event Type is edge and the corresponding bit of the GPEVST register is set.  
The target means of system notification is asserted if at least one GPIO pin is in event pending state.  
The selection of the target means of system notification is determined by the GPEVR register. If IRQ is selected as one of the  
means for the system notification, the specific IRQ line is determined by the IRQ selection procedure of the device configura-  
tion. The assertion of any means of system notification is blocked when the GPIO functional block is deactivated.  
If the output of a GPIO pin is enabled, it may be put in event pending state by the software when writing to the GPDO register.  
An pending edge event may be cleared by clearing the corresponding GPEVST bit. However, a level event source may not  
be released by software (except for disabling the source), as long as the pin is in active level. When level event is used, it  
is recommended to disable the input debouncer.  
Upon de-activation of the GPIO port, the GPEVST register is cleared and access to both the GPEVST and GPEVEN regis-  
ters is disabled. All system notification means including the target IRQ line are detached from the GPIO and de-asserted.  
Before enabling any system notification, it is recommended to set the desired event configuration, and then verify that the  
status registers are cleared.  
3.4 GPIO PORT REGISTERS  
The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:  
R/W = Read/Write  
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different  
register.  
W = Write  
RO = Read Only  
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.  
www.national.com  
75  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port (Continued)  
3.4.1  
GPIO Pin Configuration (GPCFG) Register  
This is a group of eight identical configuration registers, each of which is associated with one GPIO pin. The entire set is  
mapped to the PnP configuration space. The mapping scheme is based on the GPSEL register that functions as an index  
register, and the specific GPCFG register that reflects the configuration of the currently selected pin. For details on the  
GPSEL register, refer to the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.  
Bits 4-6 are applicable only for the enhanced GPIO port with event detection support. In the basic port, these bits are re-  
served, return 0 on read and have no effect on port functionality.  
Location:  
Type:  
Device specific  
R/W (bit 3 is set only)  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
Lock  
0
2
1
0
Event  
Event  
Polarity  
Pull-Up  
Control  
Output  
Type  
Output  
Enable  
Name  
Reset  
Reserved Debounce  
Enable  
Event Type  
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
6
Reserved  
Event Debounce Enable  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
5
Event Polarity. This bit defines the polarity of the signal that causes a detection of an event from the  
corresponding GPIO pin (falling/low or rising/high).  
0: Falling edge or low level input (default)  
1: Rising edge or high level input  
4
3
Event Type. This bit defines the signal type that causes detection of an event from the corresponding GPIO pin.  
0: Edge input (default)  
1: Level input  
Lock. This bit locks the corresponding GPIO pin. Once this bit is set to 1 by software, it can only be cleared to  
0 by system reset or power-off. Pin multiplexing is functional until the Multiplexing Lock bit is 1. (Refer to the  
Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.)  
0: No effect (default)  
1: Direction, output type, pull-up and output value locked  
2
Pull-Up Control. This bit is used to enable/disable the internal pull-up capability of the corresponding GPIO pin.  
It supports open-drain output signals with internal pull-ups and TTL input signals  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
1
0
Output Type. This bit controls the output buffer type (open-drain or push-pull) of the corresponding GPIO pin.  
0: Open-drain (default)  
1: Push-pull  
Output Enable. This bit indicates the GPIO pin output state. It has no effect on input.  
0: TRI-STATE (default)  
1: Output enabled  
www.national.com  
76  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port (Continued)  
3.4.2  
GPIO Pin Event Routing (GPEVR) Register  
This is a group of eight identical configuration registers, each of which is associated with one GPIO pin. The entire set is  
mapped to the PnP configuration space. The mapping scheme is based on the GPSEL register that functions as an index  
register, and the specific GPER register that reflects the routing configuration of the currently selected pin. For details on the  
GPSEL register, refer to the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.  
This set of registers is applicable only for the enhanced GPIO port with event detection support. In the basic port this register  
set is reserved, returns 0 on read and has no effect on port functionality.  
Location:  
Type:  
Device specific  
R/W  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
3
0
2
0
1
0
GPIO Event GPIO Event  
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
to SMI  
Enable  
to IRQ  
Enable  
0
0
1
Bit  
Description  
7-2 Reserved  
1
GPIO Event to SMI Enable  
event to SMI.  
. This bit is used to enable/disable the routing of the corresponding detected GPIO  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
0
GPIO Event to IRQ Enable. This bit is used to enable/disable the routing of the corresponding detected GPIO  
event to IRQ.  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
3.4.3  
GPIO Port Runtime Register Map  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
GPDO  
Register Name  
GPIO Data Out  
Type  
R/W  
Section  
3.4.4  
1
1
1
1
Device specific  
Device specific  
Device specific  
Device specific  
GPDI  
GPIO Data In  
RO  
3.4.5  
GPEVEN  
GPEVST  
GPIO Event Enable  
GPIO Event Status  
R/W  
3.4.6  
R/W1C  
3.4.7  
1. The location of this register is defined in the Device Architecture and Configuration chap-  
ter in Section 2.15.1.  
www.national.com  
77  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port (Continued)  
3.4.4  
GPIO Data Out Register (GPDO)  
Location:  
Type:  
Device specific  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
1
5
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
0
1
Name  
Reset  
Data Out  
1
Bit  
Description  
7
6
Data Out. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 respectively. The value of each bit determines the value driven on the  
corresponding GPIO pin when its output buffer is enabled. Writing to the bit latches the written data unless the  
bit is locked by the GPCFG register Lock bit. Reading the bit returns its value, regardless of the pin value and  
configuration.  
5
4
3
2
1
0
0: Corresponding pin driven to low when output enabled  
1: Corresponding pin driven or released to high (according to buffer type and static pull-up selection) when  
output enabled  
3.4.5  
GPIO Data In Register (GPDI)  
Location:  
Type:  
Device specific  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Reset  
Data In  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit  
Description  
7
6
5
Data In. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 respectively. Reading each bit returns the value of the corresponding  
4
3
2
1
0
GPIO pin, regardless of the pin configuration and the GPDO register value. Write is ignored.  
0: Corresponding pin level low  
1: Corresponding pin level high  
www.national.com  
78  
3.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Port (Continued)  
3.4.6  
GPIO Event Enable Register (GPEVEN)  
Location:  
Type:  
Device specific  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Event Enable  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
6
5
Event Enable. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 respectively. Each bit enables system notification triggering by  
4
3
2
1
0
the corresponding GPIO pin. The bit has no effect on the corresponding Status bit in the GPEVST register.  
0: IRQ generation by corresponding GPIO pin masked  
1: IRQ generation by corresponding GPIO pin enabled  
3.4.7  
GPIO Event Status Register (GPEVST)  
Location:  
Type:  
Device specific  
R/W1C  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Status  
0
Bit  
Description  
7
6
Status. Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 respectively. Each bit is an edge detector that is set to 1 by the hardware  
upon detection of an active edge (i.e. edge that matches the IRQ Polarity bit) on the corresponding GPIO pin.  
This edge detection is independent of the Event Type or the Event Enable bit in the GPEVEN register. However,  
the bit may reflect the event status for enabled, edge-trigger event sources. Writing 1 to the Status bit clears it  
to 0.  
5
4
3
2
1
0
0: No active edge detected since last cleared  
1: Active edge detected  
www.national.com  
79  
4.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT)  
4.1 OVERVIEW  
The WATCHDOG Timer prompts the system via SMI or interrupt when no system activity is detected on a predefined selec-  
tion of system events for a predefined period of time (1 to 255 minutes).  
The WATCHDOG Timer monitors two maskable system events: the interrupt request lines of the two serial ports (UART1  
and UART2). The system prompt is performed by asserting a special-purpose output pin (WDO), which can be attached to  
external SMI. Alternatively, this indication can be routed to any arbitrary IRQ line and is also available on a status bit that  
can be read by the host.  
This chapter describes the generic WATCHDOG Timer functional block. A device may include a different implementation.  
For device specific implementation, see the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter.  
4.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
The WATCHDOG Timer consists of an 8-bit counter and three registers: Timeout register (WDTO), Mask register (WDMSK)  
and Status register (WDST). The counter is an 8-bit down counter that is clocked every minute and is used for the timeout  
period countdown. The WDTO register holds the programmable timeout, which is the period of inactivity after which the  
WATCHDOG Timer prompts the system (1 to 255 minutes). The WDMSK register determines which system events are en-  
abled as WATCHDOG Timer trigger events to restart the countdown. The WDST register holds the WATCHDOG Timer sta-  
tus bit that reflects the value of the WDO pin and indicates that the timeout period has expired.  
Figure 12 shows the functionality of the WATCHDOG Timer.  
Upon reset, the Timeout register (WDTO) is initialized to zero, the timer is deactivated, the WDO is inactive (high) and all  
trigger events are masked.  
Upon writing to the WDTO register, the timer is activated while the counter is loaded with the timeout value and starts count-  
ing down every minute. If a trigger event (unmasked system event) occurs before the counter has expired (reached zero),  
the counter is reloaded with the timeout period (from WDTO register) and restarts the countdown. If no trigger event occurs  
before the timeout period expires, the counter reaches zero and stops counting. Consequently, the WDO pin is asserted  
(pulled low) and the WDO Status bit is cleared to 0.~  
Writing to the WDTO register de-asserts the WDO output (released high) and sets the WDO Status bit to 1. If a non-zero  
value is written, a new countdown starts as described above. If 00h is written, the timer is deactivated.  
To summarize, the WDO output is de-asserted (high) and the Status bit is set to 1 (inactive) upon:  
Reset  
Activating the WATCHDOG Timer or  
Writing to the WDTO register.  
The WDO output is asserted (low) and the WDO status is set to zero (active) when the counter reaches zero.  
When an IRQ is assigned to the WATCHDOG Timer (through the WATCHDOG Timer device configuration), the selected  
IRQ level is active as long as the WDO status bit is low (active).  
Enable Bits  
Data Bus 1 Minute Clock  
Write  
Register  
3 2 1 0  
WDMSK  
WDTO Register  
Timer  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Load  
Reload  
Serial Port 1 IRQ  
Serial Port 2 IRQ  
Zero Detector  
Status Bit  
Interrupt  
WDO  
Figure 12. WATCHDOG Timer Functional Diagram  
www.national.com  
80  
4.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT) (Continued)  
4.3 WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS  
The WATCHDOG Timer registers at offsets 00h-02h relative to the WATCHDOG base address, are shown in the following  
register map. The base address is defined by designated registers in the WATCHDOG Timer device configuration register  
set.  
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:  
R/W  
R
= Read/Write  
= Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different register.  
W
= Write  
RO  
= Read Only  
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.  
4.3.1  
WATCHDOG Timer Register Map  
Offset Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
Section  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
WDTO  
WDMSK  
WDST  
WATCHDOG Timeout  
WATCHDOG Mask  
WATCHDOG Status  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
4.3.2  
4.3.3  
4.3.4  
4.3.2  
WATCHDOG Timeout Register (WDTO)  
This register holds the programmable timeout period, between 1 and 255 minutes. Writing to this register de-asserts the  
WDO output and sets the WDO status bit to 1 (inactive). Additionally, writing to this register is interpreted as a command for  
starting or stopping the WATCHDOG Timer, according to the data written. If a non-zero value is written, the timer is activated  
(countdown starts). If a non-zero value is written when the counter is running, the timer is immediately reloaded with the new  
value and starts counting down from the new value. If 00h is written, the timer and its outputs are de-activated.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 00h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Programmed Timeout Period  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 Programmed Timeout Period. These bits hold the binary value of the timeout period in minutes (1 to 255). A  
value of 00h halts the counter and forces the outputs to inactive levels. A device reset clears the register to 00h.  
00h: Timer and WDO outputs inactive  
01h-FFh: Programmed timeout period (in minutes)  
www.national.com  
81  
4.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT) (Continued)  
4.3.3  
WATCHDOG Mask Register (WDMSK)  
This register is used to determine which system events (IRQ) are enabled as WATCHDOG Timer trigger events. An enabled  
IRQ event becomes a trigger event that causes the timer to reload the WDTO and restart the countdown.  
This register enables or masks the trigger events that restart the WATCHDOG timer.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 01h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
Serial Port 2 Serial Port 1  
IRQ Trigger IRQ Trigger  
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Enable  
Enable  
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3
Serial Port 2 IRQ Trigger Enable. This bit enables the IRQ assigned to Serial Port 2 to trigger WATCHDOG  
Timer reloading.  
0: Serial Port 2 IRQ not a trigger event  
1: An active Serial Port 2 IRQ enabled as a trigger event  
2
Serial Port 1 IRQ Trigger Enable. This bit enables the IRQ assigned to Serial Port 1 to trigger WATCHDOG  
Timer reloading.  
0: Serial Port 1 IRQ not a trigger event  
1: An active Serial Port 1 IRQ enabled as a trigger event  
1-0 Reserved  
www.national.com  
82  
4.0 WATCHDOG Timer (WDT) (Continued)  
4.3.4  
WATCHDOG Status Register (WDST)  
This register holds the WATCHDOG Timer status, which reflects the value of the WDO pin and indicates that the timeout  
period has expired.  
On reset or on WATCHDOG Timer activation, this register is initialized to 01h.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 02h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
Reserved  
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
Name  
WDO Value  
Reset  
0
0
1
Required  
Bit  
Description  
7-1 Reserved  
0
WDO Value. This bit reflects the value of the WDO signal (even if WDO is not configured for output).  
0: WDO active  
1: WDO inactive (default)  
4.4 WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTER BITMAP  
Register  
Bits  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h  
WDTO  
Programmed Timeout Period  
Serial Port 2 Serial Port 1  
IRQ  
Trigger  
Enable  
IRQ  
Trigger  
Enable  
01h  
WDMSK  
Reserved  
Reserved  
WDO  
Value  
02h  
WDST  
Reserved  
www.national.com  
83  
5.0 Game Port (GMP)  
Note: This section applies to the PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
5.1 OVERVIEW  
This chapter describes a generic Game Port. For the implementation used in this device, see the Device Architecture and  
Configuration chapter.  
The Game Port monitors the interface of up to two game devices, and provides data that can be used to determine the exact  
momentary status of these game devices.  
A game device is an instrument used for giving commands to a PC, usually to control a game executed on that PC. A Joystick  
is a commonly used game device. These commands are given by the game device in a passive manner, by indicating sev-  
eral status parameters that can be captured by the system via the Game Port.  
The status of a game device includes the following parameters:  
Button status (pressed/released) of up to two buttons per game device  
Horizontal (X-axis) position indicated by the game device  
Vertical (Y-axis) position indicated by the game device.  
Figure 13 shows the basic system configuration of the Game Port.  
X-Axis  
X-Axis  
Y-Axis  
Y-Axis  
Game Device  
Game  
Port  
Game  
Interface  
Button 1  
Button 0  
Button 1  
Button 0  
Device A  
Circuitry  
Figure 13. Game Port System Configuration  
5.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
5.2.1  
Game Device Axis Position Indication  
A typical game device has the following interface pins:  
an X-axis position indicator  
a Y-axis position indicator  
one or two button status indicator(s).  
The X and Y axis indicators are fed into the Game Port via pins JOYnX and JOYnY, respectively, where ‘n’ indicates the  
game device number. The status indicators of buttons 0 and 1 are fed into the Game Port via JOYnBTN0,1, respectively.  
The X and Y axis position indication mechanism of each game device includes external components, as seen in Figure 14.  
Such a mechanism is implemented per game device axis line.  
X/Y-Axis  
Indicators  
Input  
Path  
RVX  
RCX  
Game  
Port  
JOYnX  
JOYnY  
Pins  
CX  
X/Y-Axis  
Circuit  
Discharge  
Control  
Game Device  
X/Y-Axis Varying  
Resistor  
Waveform Shaping Circuit  
Figure 14. Game Device Axis Position Indication Mechanism  
www.national.com  
84  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
The varying resistors RVX and RVY are usually implemented in the game device. Their resistance values are determined  
directly by the horizontal and vertical positions, respectively, indicated by the game device. The waveform shaping circuits  
are usually implemented outside the game device using constant resistors (RCX/Y) and constant capacitors (CX/Y). Together  
with RVX/Y, these components implement two R-C structures, the varying parameters of which are used to determine the  
exact momentary position indicated by the game device.  
When the Game Port is enabled and not in the midst of a game device position reading process, it drives the JOYnX,Y pins  
low. In this state, the capacitors CX/Y are completely discharged.  
5.2.2  
Capturing the Position  
The process of capturing the position indicated by the game device is initiated by a command given to the Game Port to  
release the JOYnX,Y lines, thus allowing the capacitors CX/Y to be charged. This command is given by performing a write  
access to offset 1 from the Game Port base address, which is the offset of the Game Port Legacy Status Register (GMPLST,  
see Section 5.3.3). Once JOYnX,Y pins are released, RCX/Y and RVX/Y start charging CX/Y, and the voltage level of the  
JOYnX,Y pins increases until it reaches VIH. This process is described in Figure 15.  
V
CX/Y [V]  
Charge  
Discharge  
Idle  
Idle  
VDD  
VIH  
0
Drive  
Low  
Drive  
Low  
Release  
Time  
Time measured as  
position indication  
Figure 15. Position Reading Process Waveform (not drawn to scale)  
The vertical and horizontal positions indicated by the game device are determined by measuring the time it takes for the  
voltage level on the JOYnX,Y pins to reach the level of logic 1. Since the charging time is determined by the resistance val-  
ues of RVX/Y, measuring this time actually indicates the resistance values of RVX/Y, and therefore also reflects the position  
indicated by the game device.  
Once an axis pin is sensed as logic 1, the axis circuit discharge control is activated in order to discharge CX/Y. This causes  
the corresponding axis pin to be driven low for approximately 1.5 µsec. After that, this axis line is held low until another po-  
sition reading process is initiated.  
During the charge time and the 1.5 µsec discharge time which follows, the corresponding axis line does not respond to any  
reading process initiation. This prevents software from disturbing the position reading process and makes the position read-  
ing processes of all axis lines independent of each other.  
5.2.3  
Button Status Indication  
The button(s) status indication mechanism is described in Figure 16. Although this figure shows an active-low button  
(RBU0>>RBD0), the polarity of the button can be either high or low, assuming that the Game Port software is aware of the  
button’s polarity.  
Buttons 0,1  
Status  
RBU0  
Indicators  
Input Path  
Game  
Port  
JOYnBTN0  
JOYnBTN1  
Pins  
RBD0  
Game Device Button Status Circuit  
Figure 16. Game Device Button Status Indication Mechanism  
www.national.com  
85  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
A simple push-button mechanism is usually used to implement the game device buttons. The status of each button is sensed  
by the Game Port via the JOYnBTN0,1 pins as either high or low, and reflected by the GMPLST register. It is the responsi-  
bility of the software to determine the actual status of the buttons according to their polarity, which depends on the specific  
implementation of the system and the game device.  
5.2.4  
Operation Modes  
The Game Port can be used to monitor the position and button status indicators in one of the following operation modes:  
Legacy mode  
Enhanced mode.  
Legacy Mode  
Legacy mode is enabled when bit 0 of the GMPCTL register is set to 0, which is its default state.  
In this mode, the game device indicators are monitored by polling their momentary status via the Game Port Legacy Status  
register (GMPLST, see Section 5.3.3).  
The process of reading the position status of the game device(s) is initiated by performing a write access to offset 1 in the  
Game Port address space. This write access causes the Game Port to release the JOYnX,Y pins. When a JOYnX,Y pin is  
released, the corresponding bit in the GMPLST register is set to 1. To capture the position indicated by the game device,  
the software must poll the GMPLST register and measure the time it takes for the JOYnX,Y to go high. This measurement  
should be performed by measuring the time during which an axis bit is 1.  
Reading the status of the buttons of the game device is done by polling the GMPLST register and looking for changes in the  
bits reflecting the status of the JOYnBTN0,1 pins.  
No debounce of the input signals is performed by the Game Port in Legacy mode. It is the responsibility of the software to  
implement such debounce, if necessary.  
Enhanced Mode  
Enhanced mode is enabled when bit 0 of the GMPCTL register is set to 1.  
In Enhanced mode, the Game Port hardware monitors the status indicators of the game device(s), and provides processed  
data that can be easily used by software to determine the complete status of the game device.  
The process of reading the position status of the game device(s) is initiated as in Legacy mode. However, in Enhanced mode  
the Game Port hardware measures the CX/Y charging time using four 16-bit up-counters. Each one of the four axis status  
lines (two lines per game device) has a dedicated counter.  
Once the Game Port releases the JOYnX,Y to go high, each one of the counters starts counting until its associated axis  
status line reaches the voltage level of logic 1.  
When a position counter of a game device stops counting, its associated Position Counter Ready bit in the GMPXST register  
is set. In this case, the software must wait until the counters associated with the game device are ready, and then read their  
values. The least significant byte of a position counter should be read first. The full, 16-bit count value should be calculated  
as follows:  
X/Y Position Count = GMPnX/YL + (GMPnX/YH * 256)  
where:  
GMPnX/YL indicates the low byte of the position counter of device n (either X or Y axis)  
GMPnY/HL indicates the high byte of the position counter of device n (either X or Y axis)  
The software must calibrate itself according to the actual count values acquired when the game device was set to indicate  
its extreme horizontal and vertical positions.  
If a position counter has reached the full count of FFFFh, this counter has overflowed; i.e., it has reached its full count before  
the corresponding axis indicator has reached the level of logic 1. In such a case, the software must decide what to do.  
The Game Port supports the following clock frequencies for operating the position counters:  
1 MHz clock (default)  
500 KHz clock.  
The clock frequency for the position counter of each game device is configured via the GMPCTL register and should be set  
by the software to match the physical components of the external game device interface circuitry. The desired position of  
the counter frequency should be set before initiating a position status reading process.  
Reading the status of the buttons of the game device(s) is performed as in Legacy mode. In addition, an optional debouncer  
of 16 msec is implemented on each button status input. The debouncers are disabled by default and may be enabled by  
software via the GMPCTL register.  
www.national.com  
86  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.2.5  
Operation Control  
When the Game Port is operated in Legacy mode, it can only be operated by polling (see Section 5.2.4, Legacy Mode).  
When the Game Port is operated in Enhanced mode, both kinds of status reading operations (position and button) can be  
performed using polling or interrupt controlled operation.  
If polling controlled operation is preferred, the software should poll either the GMPLST register for the direct status of the  
buttons as in Legacy mode, or the GMPXST register which provides indications regarding button events detected by hard-  
ware. The GMPXST register should also be polled for the status of the position counters. When the status is ready, the  
counter values can be read. These values reflect the positions indicated by the game device.  
If interrupt controlled operation is preferred, the software should first define the events on which an interrupt request is to be  
issued. This is done by writing the required values to the GMPEPOL (see Section 5.3.14) and GMPIEN (see Section 5.3.5)  
registers. The GMPEPOL register defines the events on which the buttons cause an interrupt request to be issued. These  
events are all edge-triggered. The GMPIEN register determines what events are physically routed to the interrupt request  
assigned to the Game Port. An independent interrupt enable bit is implemented in the GMPIEN register for each one of the  
four buttons and two position counters of the two supported game devices.  
5.3 GAME PORT REGISTERS  
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:  
R/W = Read/Write  
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different  
register.  
W = Write  
RO = Read Only  
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.  
5.3.1  
Game Port Register Map  
The following table lists the Game Port registers. for the Game Port register bitmap, see Section 5.4.  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
Section  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
08h  
09h  
0Ah  
0Bh  
0Ch  
GMPCTL Game Port Control  
R/W  
RO  
5.3.2  
5.3.3  
GMPLST Game Port Legacy Status  
GMPXST Game Port Extended Status  
R/W1C  
R/W  
RO  
5.3.4  
GMPIEN Game Port Interrupt Enable  
5.3.5  
GMPAXL Game Device A X Position Low Byte  
GMPAXH Game Device A X Position High Byte  
GMPAYL Game Device A Y Position Low Byte  
GMPAYH Game Device A Y Position High Byte  
GMPBXL Game Device B X Position Low Byte  
GMPBXH Game Device B X Position High Byte  
GMPBYL Game Device B Y Position Low Byte  
GMPBYH Game Device B Y Position High Byte  
GMPEPOL Game Port Event Polarity  
5.3.6  
RO  
5.3.7  
RO  
5.3.8  
RO  
5.3.9  
RO  
5.3.10  
5.3.11  
5.3.12  
5.3.13  
5.3.14  
RO  
RO  
RO  
R/W  
www.national.com  
87  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.3.2  
Game Port Control Register (GMPCTL)  
This register affects the functionality of the Game Port only when operated in Enhanced mode (bit 0 of this register is set  
to 1). Bits 1,2 and 4-7 affect Game Port functionality, as described in the table below.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 00h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B  
Button 1  
Device B  
Button 0  
Device A  
Button 1  
Device A  
Button 0  
GMP  
Enhanced  
Mode  
Device B  
Reserved Pre-Scale Pre-Scale  
Device A  
Name  
Debounce Debounce Debounce Debounce  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Required  
Bit  
Description  
7
Device B Button 1 Debounce Enable. When set to 1, enables a 16 ms input debouncer on Device B Button 1  
status input.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
6
5
4
Device B Button 0 Debounce Enable. Same as bit 7, but for Device B Button 0.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Device A Button 1 Debounce Enable. Same as bit 7, but for Device A Button 1.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Device A Button 0 Debounce Enable. Same as bit 7, but for Device A Button 0.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
3
2
Reserved  
Device B Pre-Scale Enable. This bit determines the clock frequency used by Device B position counters.  
0: 1 MHz (default)  
1: 500 KHz  
1
0
Device A Pre-Scale Enable. This bit determines the clock frequency used by Device A position counters.  
0: 1 MHz (default)  
1: 500 KHz  
GMP Enhanced Mode Enable  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
88  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.3.3  
Game Port Legacy Status Register (GMPLST)  
This register is functional in all Game Port operation modes. Reading this register returns the status and the state of Device  
A and B button and Axis pins, as defined in the table below. Writing to the offset of this register initiates a game device po-  
sition reading process by forcing a low pulse to be driven on the axis pins in Legacy and Enhanced modes, and by initializing  
all position counters in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 01h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B  
Button 1  
Device B  
Button 0  
Device A  
Button 1  
Device A  
Device B  
Device B  
Device A  
Device A  
Name  
Reset  
Button 0 Y-Axis Pin X-Axis Pin Y-Axis Pin X-Axis Pin  
Pin Status Pin Status Pin Status Pin Status  
Status  
Status  
Status  
Status  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bit  
Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B Button 1 Pin Status. This bit directly reflects the status of Device B Button 1 input pin.  
0: Low  
1: High  
Device B Button 0 Pin Status. This bit directly reflects the status of Device B Button 0 input pin.  
0: Low  
1: High  
Device A Button 1 Pin Status. This bit directly reflects the status of Device A Button 1 input pin.  
0: Low  
1: High  
Device A Button 0 Pin Status. This bit directly reflects the status of Device A Button 0 input pin.  
0: Low  
1: High  
Device B Y-Axis Pin Status. This bit reflects the state of Device B Y-axis input pin.  
0: JOYBY pin is driven low  
1: JOYBY pin is released for charging  
Device B X-Axis Pin Status. This bit reflects the state of Device B X-axis input pin.  
0: JOYBX pin is driven lowr  
1: JOYBX pin is released for charging  
Device A Y-Axis Pin Status. This bit reflects the state of Device A Y-axis input pin.  
0: JOYAY pin is driven low  
1: JOYAY pin is released for charging  
Device A X-Axis Pin Status. This bit reflects the status of Device A X-axis input pin.  
0: JOYAX pin is driven low  
1: JOYAX pin is released for charging  
www.national.com  
89  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.3.4  
Game Port Extended Status Register (GMPXST)  
This register indicates which of the corresponding game device interface events have occurred. Writing 1 to a bit clears it.  
Reading a position counter clears the corresponding Counter Ready bit. Writing to a bit 0 has no effect.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 02h  
R/W1C  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B  
Button 1  
Event  
Device B  
Button 0  
Event  
Device A  
Button 1  
Event  
Device A  
Device B  
Device B  
Device A  
Device A  
Button 0 Y-Position X-Position Y-Position X-Position  
Event  
Status  
Name  
Reset  
Bit  
Counter  
Ready  
Counter  
Ready  
Counter  
Ready  
Counter  
Ready  
Status  
Status  
Status  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Description  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B Button 1 Event Status. When set to 1, it indicates that a Device B Button 1 event has occurred. The  
event itself is defined by the GMPEPOL register, see Section 5.3.14.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
Device B Button 0 Event Status. When set to 1, it indicates that a Device B Button 0 event has occurred. The  
event itself is defined by the GMPEPOL register, see Section 5.3.14.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
Device A Button 1 Event Status. When set to 1, it indicates that a Device A Button 1 event has occurred. The  
event itself is defined by the GMPEPOL register, see Section 5.3.14.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
Device A Button 0 Event Status. When set to 1, it indicates that a Device A Button 0 event has occurred. The  
event itself is defined by the GMPEPOL register, see Section 5.3.14.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
Device B Y-Position Counter Ready. When set to 1, it indicates that the value of the Y-position counter of  
Device B can now be read.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
Device B X-Position Counter Ready. When set to 1, it indicates that value of the X-position counter of Device  
B can now be read.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
Device A X-Position Counter Ready. When set to 1, it indicates that the value of the Y-position counter of  
Device A can now be read.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
Device A X-Position Counter Ready. When set to 1, it indicates that the value of the X-position counter of  
Device A can now be read.  
0: Event not active (default)  
1: Event active  
www.national.com  
90  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.3.5  
Game Port Interrupt Enable Register (GMPIEN)  
This register defines the conditions on which the Game Port asserts its interrupt request signal.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 03h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B  
Button 1  
Device B  
Button 0  
Device A  
Button 1  
Device A  
Button 0  
Position  
Reserved IRQ Event  
Device B  
Position  
Device A  
Position  
Name  
Reset  
IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable IRQ Enable  
Definition IRQ Enable IRQ Enable  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
Device B Button 1 IRQ Enable. When set to 1, the Game Port issues an interrupt request in response to an  
event triggered by Button 1 of Device B. When set to 0, Button 1 of Device B cannot cause interrupt requests to  
be issued.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
6
5
4
Device B Button 0 IRQ Enable. Same as bit 7 of this register, but for Device B Button 0.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Device A Button 1 IRQ Enable. Same as bit 7 of this register, but for Device A Button 1.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Device A Button 0 IRQ Enable. Same as bit 7 of this register, but for Device A Button 0.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
3
2
Reserved  
Position IRQ Event Definition Defines the event on which the position IRQ is asserted for both game devices.  
0: Both X-Position Counter and Y-Position Counter are ready  
1: Either X-Position Counter or Y-Position Counter is ready  
1
0
Device B Position IRQ Enable. When set to 1, the Game Port issues an interrupt request when the position  
reading of Device B is completed and the position counters can be read. When set to 0, no interrupt request is  
issued in response to any change in the status of Device B position counters.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Device A Position IRQ Enable. Same as bit 2 of this register, but for Device A.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
91  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.3.6  
Game Device A X-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPAXL)  
Reading this register returns the value of the low byte of the X-axis position counter of game Device A. Before reading this  
register verify that bit 0 of GMPXST (Device A Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing to the offset of this register is  
ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 04h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device A X-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
0
0
0
0
0
5.3.7  
Game Device A X-Axis Position High Byte (GMPAXH)  
Reading this register returns the value of the high byte of the X-axis position counter of game Device A. Read this register  
after reading the GMPAXL register, and verifying that bit 0 of GMPXST (Device A Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing  
to the offset of this register is ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 05h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device A X-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
0
0
0
0
0
5.3.8  
Game Device A Y-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPAYL)  
Reading this register returns the value of the low byte of the Y-axis position counter of game Device A. Before reading this  
register verify that bit 1 of GMPXST (Device A Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing to the offset of this register is  
ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 06h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device A Y-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
0
0
0
0
0
5.3.9  
Game Device A Y-Axis Position High Byte (GMPAYH)  
Reading this register returns the value of the high byte of the Y-axis position counter of game Device A. Read this register  
after reading the GMPAYL register and verifying that bit 1 of GMPXST (Device A Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing  
to the offset of this register is ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 07h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device A Y-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
0
0
0
0
0
www.national.com  
92  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.3.10 Game Device B X-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPBXL)  
Reading this register returns the value of the low byte of the X-axis position counter of game Device B. Before reading this  
register verify that bit 2 of GMPXST (Device B Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing to the offset of this register is  
ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 08h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device B X-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
0
0
0
0
0
5.3.11 Game Device B X-Axis Position High Byte (GMPBXH)  
Reading this register returns the value of the high byte of the X-axis position counter of game Device B. Before reading this  
register verify that bit 2 of GMPXST (Device B Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing to the offset of this register is  
ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 09h  
RO  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device B X-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
0
0
0
0
0
5.3.12 Game Device B Y-Axis Position Low Byte (GMPBYL)  
Reading this register returns the value of the low byte of the Y-axis position counter of game Device B. Before reading this  
register verify that bit 3 of GMPXST (Device B Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing to the offset of this register is  
ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:Offset 0Ah  
Type:  
RO  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device B Y-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
0
0
0
0
5.3.13 Game Device B Y-Axis Position High Byte (GMPBYH)  
Reading this register returns the value of the high byte of the Y-axis position counter of game Device B. Before reading this  
register verify that bit 3 of GMPXST (Device B Position Counter Ready) is set to 1. Writing to the offset of this register is  
ignored.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:Offset 0Bh  
Type:  
RO  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
Device B Y-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
0
0
0
0
www.national.com  
93  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.3.14 Game Port Event Polarity Register (GMPEPOL)  
This register defines the polarity of button events on which the Game Port issues an interrupt request.  
This register is functional only in Enhanced mode.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 0Ch  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B Button 1 Event Device B Button 0 Event Device A Button 1 Event Device A Button 0 Event  
Polarity Polarity Polarity Polarity  
Name  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-6 Device B Button 1 Event Polarity. This bit defines the event polarity on which Device B Button 1 issues an  
interrupt request.  
Bits  
7 6  
Number  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
None (default)  
Rising edge  
Falling edge  
Rising and falling edge  
5-4 Device B Button 0 Event Polarity. Same as bits 7-6 of this register, but for Device B Button 0.  
Bits  
5 4  
Number  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
None (default)  
Rising edge  
Falling edge  
Rising and falling edge  
3-2 Device A Button 1 Event Polarity. Same as bits 7-6 of this register, but for Device A Button 1.  
Bits  
3 2  
Number  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
None (default)  
Rising edge  
Falling edge  
Rising and falling edge  
1-0 Device A Button 0 Event Polarity. Same as bits 7-6 of this register, but for Device A Button 0.  
Bits  
1 0  
Number  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
None (default)  
Rising edge  
Falling edge  
Rising and falling edge  
www.national.com  
94  
5.0 Game Port (GMP) (Continued)  
5.4 GAME PORT BITMAP  
Register  
Bits  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Device B Device B Device A Device A  
Button 1 Button 0 Button 1 Button 0  
Debounce Debounce Debounce Debounce  
GMP  
Enhanced  
Mode  
Device B Device A  
Reserved Pre-Scale Pre-Scale  
00h  
GMPCTL  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Device B Device B Device A Device A  
Button 1 Button 0 Button 1 Button 0  
Device B  
X-Axis  
Pin  
Device A  
X-Axis  
Pin  
Device B  
Y-AxisPin  
Status  
Device A  
Y-Axis Pin  
Status  
01h  
02h  
03h  
GMPLST  
GMPXST  
GMPIEN  
Pin  
Status  
Pin  
Status  
Pin  
Status  
Pin  
Status  
Status  
Status  
Device B Device B Device A Device A Device B Device B Device A Device A  
Button 1 Button 0 Button 1 Button 0 Y-Position X-Position Y-Position X-Position  
Event  
Status  
Event  
Status  
Event  
Status  
Event  
Status  
Counter  
Ready  
Counter  
Ready  
Counter  
Ready  
Counter  
Ready  
Device B Device B Device A Device A  
Button 1 Button 0 Button 1 Button 0  
Position Device B Device A  
IRQ  
Event  
Position  
IRQ  
Position  
IRQ  
Reserved  
IRQ  
IRQ  
IRQ  
IRQ  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Enable  
Definition  
Enable  
Enable  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
08h  
09h  
0Ah  
0Bh  
GMPAXL  
GMPAXH  
GMPAYL  
GMPAYH  
GMPBXL  
GMPBXH  
GMPBYL  
GMPBYH  
Device A X-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
Device A X-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
Device A Y-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
Device A Y-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
Device B X-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
Device B X-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
Device B Y-Axis Position Counter Low Byte  
Device B Y-Axis Position Counter High Byte  
Device B Button 1  
Event Polarity  
Device B Button 0  
Event Polarity  
Device A Button 1  
Event Polarity  
Device A Button 0  
Event Polarity  
0Ch  
GMPEPOL  
www.national.com  
95  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port  
Note: This section applies to the PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
6.1 OVERVIEW  
This chapter describes a generic MIDI Port. For the implementation used in this device, see the Device Architecture and  
Configuration chapter.  
The MIDI Port is an asynchronous receiver/transmitter that uses a two-wire, bi-directional, relatively slow communication  
channel to transmit and receive data bytes to or from MIDI-compliant devices, according to a predefined communication pro-  
tocol. The MIDI Port is compatible with MPU-401 UART mode.  
The MIDI was originally defined to establish a standard interface between computers and digital musical instruments such  
as synthesizers, and has become the de facto standard for this purpose. However, the MIDI is also commonly used for other  
purposes, such as communicating with advanced game devices.  
The MIDI Port serves as a communication pipe between software and a MIDI device. The software and the MIDI device must  
interpret the data they exchange, and act accordingly.  
The MIDI Port supports the following two feature types:  
Legacy (MPU-401)  
Enhanced.  
Legacy. These include all features supported by MPU-401 UART mode. They can all be operated via the Legacy I/O ad-  
dress space of 2 bytes, traditionally allocated for the MIDI Port.  
Enhanced. These features extend the capabilities of the MIDI Port. They can only be operated if the MIDI is allocated with  
an address space of at least 3 bytes.  
The basic system configuration of the MIDI Port consists of the port itself, a single pull-up resistor for the MDRX pin, and a  
MIDI compliant device. This system configuration is shown in Figure 17. The purpose of the pull-up resistor is to make sure  
that the MIDI Port senses an inactive (high) MIDI receive signal in the absence of a MIDI device.  
R
MDRX Pin  
MIDI Receive  
MIDI Transmit  
MIDI Transmit  
MIDI Receive  
MIDI  
Port  
MIDI  
Device  
MDTX Pin  
Figure 17. MIDI System Configuration  
6.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
The MIDI Port consists of five major functional blocks:  
Internal Bus Interface Unit  
Port Control and Status Registers  
Data Buffers and FIFOs  
MIDI Communication Engine  
MIDI Signals Routing Control Logic.  
See Figure 18 for a block diagram of the MIDI Port.  
www.national.com  
96  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
Asynchronous  
Interface  
Synchronous  
Interface  
SuperI/O  
Internal  
Bus  
Tx Data  
8
Tx Data  
8
MIDI  
Transmit  
Signal  
MIDI  
Communication  
Engine  
Data  
Buffers  
and  
MIDI  
MDTX Pin  
MDRX Pin  
Internal  
Rx Data  
8
Rx Data  
8
Signals  
Routing  
Control  
Bus  
Interface  
Unit  
MIDI  
Receive  
Signal  
(Data Serializer)  
FIFOs  
Control  
Control  
Data Buffer  
Status and Control  
Communication  
Status and Control  
Read/Write  
Routing  
Control  
Interface  
MIDI Port  
Control and Status  
Registers  
Figure 18. MIDI Port Block Diagram  
6.2.1  
Internal Bus Interface Unit  
The Internal Bus Interface Unit handles all read and write transactions between the host and the registers of the MIDI Port.  
It also controls the MIDI Port interrupt request logic (see Section 6.2.8).  
6.2.2  
Port Control and Status Registers  
A Control register (MCNTL, see Section 6.3.6) and a Status register (MSTAT, see Section 6.3.4) allow the user to control  
the operation of the MIDI, and provide status information regarding its various functional units. A Command register (MCOM,  
see Section 6.3.5) allows the user to control the operation mode of the MIDI Port by serving as a port via which the host can  
issue commands to the MIDI. A MIDI Port command is defined as a write access to the MIDI Command register. The mean-  
ing of each command is determined by the data byte written during this write access.  
6.2.3  
Data Buffers and FIFOs  
The Data Buffers and FIFOs function as a mechanism for synchronizing between the Internal Bus Interface Unit and the  
MIDI Communication Engine. This synchronization allows each of these units to handle its own tasks without having to  
pause to send/receive data to/from the other unit. Synchronization also bridges the gap in the data transfer rate between  
these two units. Data transfer rate matching is done when the FIFOs of the MIDI Port are enabled. It allows the MIDI Port to  
interface a bus at a relatively high data transfer rate, while maintaining communication with a MIDI device over a communi-  
cation channel that supports a relatively low data transfer rate.  
6.2.4  
MIDI Communication Engine  
The MIDI Communication Engine handles the serializing of outgoing data and the de-serializing of incoming data transferred  
between the MIDI Port and the MIDI device. During transmit (serial data transfer from the MIDI Port to the MIDI device), the  
Communication Engine receives data bytes from the output data buffer or FIFO, serializes them into a stream of data bits,  
and transmits them as a sequence of high and low pulses over the MDTX pin according to the MIDI communication protocol.  
During receive (serial data transfer from the MIDI device to the MIDI Port), the Communication Engine receives a sequence  
of high and low pulses via the MDRX pin, converts them into a stream of data bits and de-serializes them into data bytes  
that it sends to the input data buffer or FIFO.  
Both transmit and receive are performed at a fixed serial data rate of 31.25 Kbits per second. The serial data format is also  
fixed, and consists of 1 Start bit, 8 Data bits and 1 Stop bit. See the waveform illustrating a MIDI byte transfer in Figure 19.  
www.national.com  
97  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
LSB  
MSB  
0
MIDI Signal  
Start  
Stop  
Bit  
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Data Bits  
Bit  
32µsec  
Figure 19. MIDI Byte Transfer Waveform  
MIDI Signals Routing Control Logic  
6.2.5  
The MIDI Signals Routing Control Logic controls the various routing options available for the MIDI transmit and receive sig-  
nals. It is controlled by the MIDI Control register (MCNTL, see Section 6.3.6). These routing options are not part of the Leg-  
acy definition of the MIDI Port.  
6.2.6  
Operation Modes  
The MIDI Port can be operated in one of the following modes:  
Pass-Thru (Non-UART) Mode (default)  
UART Mode.  
Pass-Thru (Non-UART) Mode  
After a hardware reset, the MIDI Port is in Pass-Thru mode.  
In this mode, transmission is disabled by default, and all writes to the MIDI Data Out register (MDO, see Section 6.3.3) are  
ignored. Transmission in this mode may be enabled by setting bit 4 of the MIDI Control register (MCNTL, see Section 6.3.6).  
Receive in Pass-Thru mode is enabled, and a 16-byte Receive FIFO is available. Reading the MIDI Data In register (MDI,  
see Section 6.3.2) in this mode returns the oldest data stored in the Receive FIFO. If serial data is received while the Receive  
FIFO is full with data that has not yet been read, the last received data is lost, thus maintaining the data that was previously  
stored in the Receive Buffer.  
When in Pass-Thru mode, the MIDI Port responds to commands issued by the host, as follows:  
3Fh puts the MIDI Port in UART mode. Also, in response to this command, the MIDI Port puts an acknowledge byte  
of FEh in the Receive Buffer.  
A0h-A7h or ABh causes the MIDI Port to put an acknowledge byte of FEh followed by a data byte of 00h in the Re-  
ceive Buffer.  
ACh causes the MIDI Port to put an acknowledge byte of FEh, followed by a data byte of 15h, in the Receive Buffer.  
ADh causes the MIDI Port to put an acknowledge byte of FEh, followed by a data byte of 01h, in the Receive Buffer.  
AFh causes the MIDI Port to put an acknowledge byte of FEh, followed by a data byte of 64h, in the Receive Buffer.  
FFh resets the MIDI Port to its initial state, including all the bits of the MSTAT register. In response, the MIDI Port  
puts an acknowledge of FEh in the Receive Buffer. This command is usually referred to as the MIDI Reset Command.  
The MIDI Port responds to all other commands by putting an acknowledge byte of FEh in the Receive Buffer.  
Putting the acknowledge byte of FEh is equivalent to receiving a data byte. Therefore, once an acknowledge byte is put in  
the Receive Buffer, it causes the Receive Buffer Empty status flag (see Section 6.2.7) to be cleared, which may also cause  
a MIDI Port interrupt request to be issued.  
When the Receive FIFO is disabled, switching from Pass-Thru mode to UART mode causes data stored in the Receive Buff-  
er to be lost. After switching to UART mode, the MIDI Port is blocked for receive until the acknowledge byte is read from the  
Receive Buffer.  
If a command is issued to the MIDI Port while the MIDI Communication Engine is in the middle of a byte transfer (the Start  
bit has been transmitted or received), the execution of the command and the response are postponed until the ongoing byte  
transfer is completed.  
After each MIDI Port operation in Pass-Thru mode, the MIDI Status register (MSTAT, see Section 6.3.4) is updated accord-  
ingly.  
www.national.com  
98  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
UART Mode  
Entering UART mode is done by software, by giving the MIDI Port command of 3Fh. Once in UART mode, both transmit and  
receive are enabled. In addition, the two 16-byte Receive and Transmit FIFOs are automatically enabled.  
In UART mode, data written to the MDO register is placed in the Transmit FIFO, from which it is taken by the MIDI Commu-  
nication Engine and transmitted via the MDTX pin to the MIDI device. Likewise, whenever the Transmit FIFO is not empty,  
the next byte is taken out by the Communication Engine and transmitted via the MDTX pin to the MIDI device.  
Whenever serial data is received by the Communication Engine via the MDRX pin, it is de-serialized and put in the Receive  
FIFO. Reading the MDI register returns the next byte in the Receive FIFO. The MDI register should not be read while the  
Receive FIFO is empty. If serial data is received while the Receive FIFO is full, this data is lost and not stored in the Receive  
FIFO, thus keeping the data that was previously stored in the Receive FIFO.  
When in UART mode, the MIDI Port responds to commands given by the host as follows:  
A command of FFh returns the MIDI Port to Pass-Thru mode, and resets it to its initial state.  
All other commands, issued while the MIDI Port is in UART mode, are ignored.  
When switching from UART mode to Pass-Thru mode, any data previously stored in the Receive FIFO is lost, unless the  
FIFO is enabled for Pass-Thru mode.  
As in Pass-Thru mode, if a command is issued to the MIDI Port while the MIDI Communication Engine is in the middle of a  
byte transfer, the execution of the command and the response are postponed until the ongoing byte transfer is completed.  
The MIDI commands supported by the MIDI Port and their respective responses are listed in Table 31.  
After each MIDI Port operation in UART mode, the MSTAT register is updated accordingly.  
Table 31. MIDI Commands Supported by the MIDI Port  
MIDI Port Response  
Command  
Pass-Thru Mode  
UART Mode  
Enter UART mode  
FEh (Acknowledge)  
3Fh  
A0h-A7h, ABh  
ACh  
Ignored  
FEh (Acknowledge)  
00h  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
FEh (Acknowledge)  
15h  
FEh (Acknowledge)  
01h  
ADh  
FEh (Acknowledge)  
64h  
AFh  
MIDI Port Reset  
FEh (Acknowledge)  
Enter Pass-Thru Mode  
MIDI Port Reset  
FFh  
Others  
FEh (Acknowledge)  
Ignored  
6.2.7  
MIDI Port Status Flags  
The status of the various functional units of the MIDI Port is reflected by the MSTAT register. This register is functional in  
both Pass-Thru and UART modes. Some of the status indications provided by the MSTAT register are not included in the  
Legacy definition of the MIDI Port. These indications can be ignored, if not required by the software.  
The following status flags are included in the Legacy definition of the MIDI Port:  
Receive Buffer Empty  
Transmit Buffer Full  
The Receive Buffer Empty flag is reflected by bit 7 of the MSTAT register. The Transmit Buffer Full flag is reflected by bit 6  
of the MSTAT register. When operating in UART mode, these bits reflect the status of the Receive and Transmit FIFOs.  
The Receive Buffer Empty status flag is cleared to 0 also when an acknowledge byte is put by the MIDI Port itself following  
a MIDI command.  
www.national.com  
99  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
The values of these bits are set by the MIDI Port hardware and are not affected by reading the MSTAT register.  
The following status indications are provided by the MIDI Port, although they are not included in the Legacy definition of the  
MIDI Port:  
Receive FIFO Full  
Transmit FIFO Empty  
Receive Overrun Error  
MIDI Port Operation Mode  
The Receive FIFO Full and Transmit FIFO Empty status flags are reflected by MSTAT register bits 5 and 2, respectively.  
These bits are updated only when the MIDI Port operates in UART mode or when in Pass-Thru mode with the Receive FIFO  
enabled. Otherwise, these bits are constantly cleared. The values of these bits are set by the MIDI Port hardware and are  
not affected by reading the MSTAT register.  
The Receive Overrun Error flag indicates that serial data has been received by the MIDI Communication Engine while the  
Receive Buffer of FIFO was full. This flag is reflected by bit 3 of the MSTAT register. It is updated in both Pass-Thru and  
UART modes. When a Receive Overrun Event occurs, the data in the Receive Buffer/FIFO is kept and all incoming data is  
lost. Incoming data will keep getting lost until there is room in the Receive Buffer/FIFO to accept it. The Receive Overrun  
Error status flag is cleared when the MSTAT register is read.  
The MIDI Port Operation Mode flag indicates whether the MIDI Port currently operates in Pass-Thru or UART mode. This  
status flag is reflected by bit 4 of the MSTAT register. It can be used by software to keep track of the currently selected MIDI  
Port operation mode.  
6.2.8  
MIDI Port Interrupts  
The MIDI Port supports interrupt assertion in both Pass-Thru and UART modes, in response to one of the following events,  
or both:  
Receive Data Ready  
Transmit Buffer Empty  
The Receive Data Ready event refers to the case in which there is data to be read in the Receive Buffer/FIFO. An interrupt  
request is asserted by the MIDI Port to indicate a Receive Data Ready event in one of the following cases:  
The MIDI Port is in Pass-Thru mode, and the Receive Buffer contains a data or acknowledge byte which has not been  
read yet. In this case, the interrupt request is deasserted once the Receive Buffer is read.  
The MIDI Port is in UART mode, and the Receive FIFO contains eight, or more, data bytes which have not been read  
yet, or it is in Pass-Thru mode with the Receive FIFO enabled. In this case, the interrupt request is deasserted once the  
Receive FIFO level drops below eight bytes.  
The MIDI Port is in UART mode, the Receive FIFO contains less than eight data bytes which have not been read yet,  
and no data was received by the Communication Engine, the MIDI Port is in Pass-Thru mode with the Receive FIFO  
enabled, or a read occurs from the Receive FIFO during a timeout period of approximately 1.28 msec (the time it takes  
to transfer 4 bytes over the MIDI communication channel). In this case, the interrupt request is deasserted when either  
new data is received by the Communication Engine, or data is read from the Receive FIFO.  
The Transmit Buffer Empty event refers to the case in which the Transmit Buffer/FIFO of the MIDI Port can still accept data  
to transmit. An interrupt request is asserted by the MIDI Port to indicate a Transmit Buffer Empty event in one of the following  
cases:  
The MIDI Port is in Pass-Thru mode, and the Transmit Buffer is empty. In this case, the interrupt request is deasserted  
once a byte is written to the Transmit Buffer.  
The MIDI Port is in UART mode, and the Transmit FIFO is empty. In this case, the interrupt request is deasserted once  
the Transmit FIFO is filled with at least 3 bytes.  
After hardware reset, interrupts are asserted by the MIDI Port only in response to a Receive Data Ready event. Interrupt  
assertion in response to Transmit Buffer Empty events can be enabled by setting writing 1 to bit 1 of the MCNTL register.  
Interrupt assertion in response to Receive Data Ready events can be disabled by writing 0 to bit 3 of the MCNTL register.  
www.national.com  
100  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
6.2.9  
Enhanced MIDI Port Features  
The MIDI Port supports the following modes/operations, which are not part of the Legacy definition of the MIDI Port:  
Transmit in Pass-Thru  
Loopback mode  
MIDI Thru  
MDTX pin masking  
Transmit in Pass-Thru. When the MIDI Port is operated in Pass-Thru mode, transmit is disabled by default. To enable it,  
write 1 to bit 4 of the MCNTL register.  
Loopback Mode. The MIDI serial data transmit signal is routed internally to the MIDI serial data receive signal. This causes  
all the data transmitted by the MIDI Port to also be received. Loopback mode can be used as a mode for testing the MIDI  
Port or its software. To enable it, write 1 to bit 7 of the MCNTL register.  
MIDI Thru. The MIDI serial data receive signal is routed internally to the MIDI serial data transmit signal. This causes any  
incoming stream of pulses received via the MDRX pin to be driven immediately on the MDTX pin. This feature allows the  
MIDI Port to be connected as a link in a chain of several MIDI devices. In parallel to routing the MIDI receive signal to the  
MIDI transmit signals, the incoming serial data is also received by the MIDI Port itself. To enable it, write 1 to bit 6 of the  
MCNTL register.  
MDTX Pin Masking. MDTX pin masking forces this pin to remain at a high level. This causes all transmit processes to occur  
without physically driving the serial data via the MDTX pin. Writing 1 to bit 2 of the MCNTL register enables MDTX pin mask-  
ing.  
The above three features are handled by the MIDI Signals Routing Control Logic, which is illustrated in Figure 20.  
Loopback  
Mode  
Enable  
MIDI Thru  
Enable  
MDTX Pin  
Masking  
Enable  
MIDI  
Transmit  
Signal  
0
1
MDTX Pin  
MDRX Pin  
MIDI  
Receive  
Signal  
1
0
Figure 20. MIDI Signals Routing Control Logic  
www.national.com  
101  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
6.3 MIDI PORT REGISTERS  
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:  
R/W = Read/Write  
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different  
register.  
W = Write  
RO = Read Only  
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.  
6.3.1  
MIDI Port Register Map  
The following table lists the MIDI Port registers. For the MIDI Port register bitmap, see Section 6.4.  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
Section  
00h  
00h  
01h  
01h  
02h  
MDI  
MIDI Data In  
MIDI Data Out  
R
W
6.3.2  
6.3.3  
6.3.4  
6.3.5  
6.3.6  
MDO  
MSTAT MIDI Status  
MCOM MIDI Command  
MCNTL MIDI Control  
R
W
R/W  
6.3.2  
MIDI Data In Register (MDI)  
This read register is used for reading data received by the MIDI Port, and status information returned by the MIDI Port in  
response to a previously issued command. When the FIFOs of the MIDI Port are enabled, reading from this offset returns  
the next byte taken out of the Receive FIFO.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 00h  
R
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Reset  
Data In  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6.3.3  
MIDI Data Out Register (MDO)  
This write register is used for writing data to be transmitted by the MIDI Port. When the FIFOs of the MIDI Port are enabled,  
writing to this offset puts the data byte into the Transmit FIFO.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 00h  
W
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Reset  
Data Out  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
www.national.com  
102  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
6.3.4  
MIDI Status Register (MSTAT)  
This read register provides status information regarding the functional blocks of the MIDI Port.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 01h  
R
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
MIDI Port  
Operation  
Mode  
Rx Buffer Tx Buffer  
Empty  
Rx FIFO  
Full  
Rx Overrun Tx FIFO Not  
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
Full  
Error  
Empty  
1
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
Rx Buffer Empty. When set to 1, it indicates that the Receive Buffer in Pass-Thru mode, or the FIFO in UART  
mode, is empty. When set to 0, it indicates that the Receive Buffer or FIFO contain data that can be read via the  
MDI register.  
0: Not empty  
1: Empty (default)  
6
5
Tx Buffer Full. When set to 1, it indicates that the Transmit Buffer or FIFO cannot accept any more data. When  
set to 0, it indicates that the Transmit Buffer or FIFO can accept more data written to the MDO register.  
0: Not full (default)  
1: Full  
Rx FIFO Full. When set to 1, it indicates that the Receive FIFO cannot accept any more received data bytes.  
When set to 0, it indicates that the Receive FIFO can accept more received data bytes. This bit is forced to 0  
when the FIFOs are disabled.  
0: Not full or disabled (default)  
1: Full  
4
3
MIDI Port Operation Mode. When set to 1, it indicates that the MIDI Port is currently operating in UART mode.  
When set to 0, it indicates that the MIDI Port is currently operating in Pass-Thru (non-UART) mode.  
0: Pass-Thru mode (default)  
1: UART mode  
Rx Overrun Error. This bit is cleared to 0 when the MSTAT register is read. An overrun error is defined as the  
state in which one or more data bytes have been received by the MIDI Port while the Receive Buffer, or FIFO,  
was full.  
0: No overrun error (default)  
1: Overrun error  
2
Tx FIFO Not Empty. This bit is forced to 0 when the FIFOs are disabled.  
0: Empty or disabled (default)  
1: Not empty  
1-0 Reserved  
6.3.5  
MIDI Command Register (MCOM)  
This write register is a port via which commands are issued by the host to the MIDI Port.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 01h  
W
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Name  
Reset  
Command Byte  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
www.national.com  
103  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
6.3.6  
MIDI Control Register (MCNTL)  
This register controls enhanced MIDI functions.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 02h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Rx Data  
Ready  
Interrupt  
Enable  
Tx Buffer  
Empty  
Interrupt  
Enable  
Rx FIFO  
Enable for  
Pass-Thru  
Mode  
Loopback  
Mode  
Enable  
Pass-Thru  
Transmit  
Enable  
MDTX Pin  
Masking  
Enable  
MIDI Thru  
Enable  
Name  
Reserved  
Reset  
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
Required  
Bit  
Description  
7
6
Loopback Mode Enable. When enabled, the MIDI receive signal is internally connected to the MIDI transmit  
signal.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
MIDI Thru Enable. When enabled, the MDRX pin is internally connected to the MDTX pin, which then reflects  
the MIDI receive signal. When disabled, the MDTX pin is driven with data coming from the MIDI Port transmit  
engine.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
5
4
Reserved. Must be 0.  
Pass-Thru Transmit Enable. When enabled, data is transmitted in Pass-Thru (non-UART) mode.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
3
2
1
0
Rx Data Ready Interrupt Enable. When enabled, an interrupt request is asserted in response to a Receive  
Data Ready event.  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
MDTX Pin Masking Enable. When enabled, the MDTX pin is constantly driven high by the MIDI Port. When  
disabled, MDTX serves as the MIDI Port transmit line.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Tx Buffer Empty Interrupt Enable. When enabled, an interrupt request is asserted in response to a Transmit  
Buffer Empty event.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
Rx FIFO Enable for Pass-Thru Mode. When this bit is set to 1, the Receive FIFO is enabled in Pass-Thru  
mode. This bit is ignored in UART mode.  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled (default)  
www.national.com  
104  
6.0 Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) Port (Continued)  
6.4 MIDI PORT BITMAP  
Register  
Bits  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
MDI  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h  
00h  
Data In  
MDO  
Data Out  
MIDI Port  
Operation Overrun  
Mode Error  
Rx  
Rx Buffer Tx Buffer Rx Buffer  
Tx FIFO  
Empty  
01h  
01h  
MSTAT  
MCOM  
Reserved  
Empty  
Full  
Full  
Command Byte  
Rx FIFO  
Enablefor  
Pass-  
Thru  
Mode  
Pass-  
Thru  
Rx Data  
Ready  
MDTX  
Pin  
Tx Buffer  
Empty  
Loopback  
Mode  
Enable  
MIDIThru  
Enable  
02h  
MCNTL  
Reserved  
Transmit Interrupt Masking Interrupt  
Enable Enable Enable Enable  
www.national.com  
105  
7.0 X-Bus Extension  
Notes: This section applies to the PC87393 and PC87393F only.  
FWH-related descriptions apply to the PC87393F only.  
7.1 OVERVIEW  
The PC8739x provides an X-Bus extension to the LPC bus to enable the ISA-like interface to external 8-bit peripherals. De-  
code logic, described in the Device Architecture and Configuration chapter, defines the addresses for which the X-Bus gen-  
erates transactions. These transactions may be in the I/O address space and the memory address space or in the FWH  
memory address space. Using the X-Bus interface, the PC8739x serves as a bridge for such transactions into the X-Bus.  
Figure 21 is a schematics block diagram of the X-Bus bridging function. For details on the decoder functions, see the Device  
Architecture and Configuration chapter. All other functions are described in detail in this chapter.  
IRQ  
Serializer  
PIRQ(A-D)  
IRQ Router  
XA19-0  
XD7-0  
Bus  
XIORD XIOWR  
XRD XWR  
XSTB2-0  
X-Bus  
Configuration  
Cycle  
Generator  
XRDY  
LPC  
Bus  
Memory  
Address  
Decoder  
XCS0  
I/O  
Address  
Decoder  
XCS1  
XCNF2-0  
Device Architecture Component  
X-Bus Interface  
Figure 21. X-Bus Block Diagram  
7.2 IRQ ROUTING  
The PC8739x supports up to four IRQ inputs, PIRQA through PIRQD. These pins may be used to support legacy devices  
that are connected on the X-Bus. The PC8739x enables any of these interrupts to be routed to any one of fifteen host IRQs.  
The IRQ inputs are mapped by X-Bus PIRQA-D Mapping registers at F8h and F9h. XIRQCA through XIRQCD registers en-  
able the user to define the interrupt as active high or low, and to route it to a wake-up event.  
7.3 X-BUS TRANSACTIONS  
The X-Bus extension supports 8-bit I/O or memory read/write cycles.  
The zone mapping of the chip select signals determines how X-Bus read and write cycles correspond to memory and I/O  
bus cycles. The zone mapping to a select signal, XCS1-0, must be enabled regardless of whether the I/O device is using  
the chip select signal. Signal mapping to a pin may be disabled when the select signal is not required for an off-chip interface.  
www.national.com  
106  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
The X-Bus interface outputs the address in one of two modes:  
Normal Address mode - A pin is assigned for each address line, and a non-multiplexed address data bus is used.  
Latched Address mode - The number of pins used for outputting the address is reduced. The address lines are mul-  
tiplexed with the data bus. External latches should be used to enable the memory or I/O device access to the multi-  
plexed address signals. When the memory configuration uses more than 1 Mbyte of memory, this mode must be  
used to generate address signals 20 through 27.  
X-Bus access timing is driven by an internal version of the LPC clock (i.e., it has the same frequency but may have some  
phase delay), referred to in this section simply as "the clock". The transactions are described in reference to the clock, and  
the AC specifications are relative to it. This provides an easy way for calculating the timing for the system design. However,  
the system interface is optimized for an asynchronous interface. For hints on how to use it, refer to the usage hints in Section  
7.5.  
7.3.1  
Programmable I/O Range Chip Select  
The PC8739x has two chip select signals, XCS1-0, to indicate X-Bus accesses. The PC8739x X-Bus functional block en-  
ables flexible association of these chip selects with I/O and memory address ranges in the LPC address space. The Chip  
Select Mapping field of the X-Bus Zone Configuration registers defines to which of the decoded address ranges the respec-  
tive XCS signal responds. In addition, the X-Bus Configuration register enables specifying the access time for the respective  
select signal via bits that control the fixed wait cycles and variable wait cycles, using the XRDY input.  
If the chip select signal setting results in a conflict in which both selects are configured for the same transaction, XCS0 has  
priority. XCS1 remains inactive and its Configuration register setting is ignored. For zones that are not associated with one  
of the chip select signals, the X-Bus does not respond to LPC transactions.  
7.3.2  
LPC and FWH Address to X-Bus Address Translation  
The BIOS memory on the LPC bus can occupy one of three regions in the memory space (specified in Table 29 and Table  
31). Address translation between the LPC bus address and the X-Bus is performed as follows:  
I/O Transactions. The 16-bit address of the LPC bus is padded with zeroes (bits 16 through 27) to create the 28-bit input  
address to the X-Bus functional block.  
Memory Transactions. The 32-bit address received from the LPC bus is used to decode the different zones described in  
Section 2.19. The address is then translated to the X-Bus address using the following rules:  
User-Defined Zone (UDZ) and 386 Mode-Compatible BIOS Range (LPC or LPC-FWH) - The 28 least significant bits  
of the LPC address are used as the X-Bus input address. Figure 22 illustrates the mapping for this zone. (Note: See  
Section 2.8.1 for the way addresses are built for FWH transactions.)  
Legacy and Extended Legacy BIOS Range - The 17 least significant bits (A16-0) of the LPC address are routed as  
the 17 least significant signals address lines of the X-Bus (XA16-0). The upper 11 X-Bus address lines are driven to  
1. This shifts the addresses to the end of the X-Bus memory space (see Figure 23).  
X-Bus Address  
LPC Bus Address  
FFFFFFFFh  
xFFFFFFFh  
xFC00000h  
FFC00000h  
00000000h  
Figure 22. LPC to X-Bus Address Translation: 386 Mode-Compatible BIOS Range  
www.national.com  
107  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
X-Bus Address  
LPC Bus Address  
FFFFFFFFh  
xFFFFFFFh  
xFFE0000h  
000FFFFFh  
Legacy BIOS  
000F0000h  
000EFFFFh  
Extended  
Legacy BIOS  
000E0000h  
00000000h  
Figure 23. LPC to X-Bus Address Translation: Legacy and Extended Legacy BIOS Ranges  
Extended Read/Write Signal Mode  
7.3.3  
This mode is essential for devices that have separate read and write signals for memory transactions and for I/O transac-  
tions. While in this mode, the PC8739x routes I/O read and write signals to XIORD and XIOWR pins, and memory or FWH  
read and write signals to XRD and XWR.  
If the PC8739x is set to wake-up with the X-Bus signals configured to output pins (using strap pins XCNF2-0), the extended  
mode is disabled, and must be re-enabled by the user.  
7.3.4  
Indirect Memory Read and Write Transaction  
I/O mapped registers may be used through an LPC I/O transaction to perform an X-Bus memory transaction. This mecha-  
nism uses the following X-Bus module registers:  
Four Indirect Memory Address registers, XIMA3-XIMA0, representing address bits 31 to 0  
One Indirect Memory Data register (XIMD), representing data bits 7 to 0  
Two enable bits, one for each Select Configuration register, XZCNF0[5] and XZCNF1[5].  
Following a write to the XIMD register, a memory write cycle appears on the X-Bus using the addresses and data from the  
XIMA3-XIMA0 and XIMD registers. Following a read from the XIMD register, a memory read cycle appears on the X-Bus  
using the addresses from these same registers. The returned data from the X-Bus cycle is used to finish the LPC I/O read  
cycle from XIMD register.  
The read or write cycles appear only if one of the Indirect Memory Cycle Enable bits (XZCNF0[5] or XZCNF1[5]) is set. If  
both of these bits are set, select 1 is ignored and the transaction takes place according to select 0 settings. All X-Bus cycle  
configurations are the same as defined in the X-Bus Select Configuration registers (XZCNF0 and XZCNF1).  
7.3.5  
Normal Address Mode X-Bus Transactions  
The read and write transactions in Normal address mode are similar to those used in the X-Bus or ISA bus. At least two idle  
cycles are inserted at the end of each X-Bus transaction cycle (there may be more idle cycles due to the LPC transactions).  
Once a read cycle on the LPC falls within the range of any of the enabled decoded address ranges of the X-Bus functional  
block, a read cycle begins. A read cycle (Figure 24) starts by outputting the address signals on address signals XA19-0 on  
the rising edge of the clock. During this time, the PC8739x does not drive the data bus signals XD7-0. One LPC clock cycle  
later, a chip select signal XCS1 or 0 is asserted, based on the address accessed and the select signal mapping. Three clock  
cycles later, on the next rising edge of the clock, the XRD signal is asserted (set to 0) indicating that this is a read cycle and  
enabling the device being accessed to drive the data bus within 16 clock cycles plus the internally programmed wait state  
period. If XRDY use is enabled for this zone, XRDY input value is then checked on the rising edge of the clock, and the trans-  
action is extended until XRDY is detected to be high. Four clock cycles later, the input data XD7-0 is sampled on the rising  
edge of the clock. One LPC clock cycle later, XRD is de-asserted (set to 1) and one clock cycle later, the transaction is com-  
pleted by de-asserting XCS1-0. The address is retained for the duration of two more cycles, after which the address lines  
change their values to 0.  
www.national.com  
108  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
Once a write cycle on the LPC falls within the range of any of the enabled decoded address ranges of the X-Bus functional  
block, a write cycle begins. A write cycle (Figure 25) starts by outputting the address signals on address signals XA19-0,  
and the data signals on data pins XD7-0, on the rising edge of the clock. One LPC clock cycle later, a chip select signals  
XCS1 or 0 is asserted, based on the address accessed and the select signal mapping. Three clock cycles later, on the next  
rising edge of the clock, the XWR signal is asserted (set to 0) indicating that this is a write cycle and enabling the device to  
be written for 16 clock cycles plus the internally programmed wait state period. If XRDY use is enabled for this zone, XRDY  
input value is then checked on the rising edge of the clock, and the transaction is extended until XRDY is detected to be high.  
Five LPC clock cycles later, XWR is de-asserted (set to 1) and one clock cycle later, the transaction is completed by de-  
asserting XCS1-0. Two clock cycle later, the address lines change their values to 0.  
CLK  
(Internal for  
Reference)  
XD7-0  
XD[7:0] (Data In)  
(Data Read)  
XA19-0  
XCS1-0  
XWR  
XRD  
XRDY  
Insert 12+”Programmed Wait States” of 33 MHz clocks here.  
All non-clock signals remain the same during this inserted time.  
Figure 24. Read Access Cycle - Normal Address Mode  
www.national.com  
109  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
CLK  
(Internal for Reference)  
XD7-0  
XA19-0  
XCS1-0  
XWR  
XRD  
XRDY  
Insert 12+”Programmed Wait States” of 33 MHz clocks here.  
All non-clock signals remain the same during this inserted time.  
Figure 25. Write Access Cycle - Normal Address Mode  
Latched Address Mode X-Bus Transactions  
7.3.6  
The read and write transactions in Latched address mode are similar to those used in Normal address mode, except for how  
the addresses are placed on the X-Bus. In this mode, address signals 27-0 are output using the XA signals and via multi-  
plexing over the data bus (XD7-0). Latch control signals XSTB2-0 help a system capture these signals. The XSTB2-0 signals  
are placed as long as the address signal are valid (until the end of a transaction).  
Once a read cycle on the LPC falls within the range of any of the enabled X-Bus decoded address ranges, a read cycle  
begins. A read cycle starts by outputting the lower twenty address signals on address signals XA19-0, and address signals  
27-20 on data signals XD7-0, on the rising edge of the clock. Two clock cycles later, a strobe signal (XSTB2) is asserted to  
latch the information on an external latch. Two clock cycles later, a second set of address signals, 19-12, is placed on data  
pins XD7-0. These may be latched using the strobe signal XSTRB1 output two cycles later on the rising edge of the clock.  
Two clock cycles later, the last group of address signals, 11-4, is output on data signals XD7-0. The XSTRB0 output two  
cycles later, on the rising edge of the clock, may be used to latch this part of the address. Two cycles later on the rising edge  
of the clock, the PC8739x stops driving the data bus. At this point, all addresses are available either on the address outputs  
of the PC8739x (XA19-0) or in one of the three latches. The system may require only part of these addresses, depending  
on the size of the address memory or peripheral space. One clock cycle later, a chip select signal XCS1 or 0 is asserted,  
based on the address accessed and the select signal mapping. From this point, the read continues as described for the Nor-  
mal address mode. XSTRB2-0 are deasserted when the address becomes invalid.  
Once a write cycle on the LPC falls within the range of any of the enabled decoded address ranges of the X-Bus functional  
block, a read cycle is started. A write cycle starts by outputting the lower twenty address signals on address signals XA19-  
0] and address signals 27- 20 on data signals XD7-0, on the rising edge of the clock. Two clock cycles later, a strobe signal  
(XSTB2) is asserted to latch the information on an external latch. Two clock cycles later, a second set of address signals,  
19-12, is placed on data pins XD7-0. These may be latched using the strobe signal XSTRB1 output two cycles later on the  
rising edge of the clock. Two clock cycles later, the last group of address signals, 11-4, is output on the data signals XD7-0.  
The XSTRB0 output, two cycles later on the rising edge of the clock, may be used to latch this part of the address. Two  
cycles later on the rising edge of the clock, the PC8739x outputs the data signals on data pins XD7-0 on the rising edge of  
the clock. At this point, all the address is available either on the address outputs of the PC8739x (XA[19:0]) or in one of the  
three latches. The system may require only part of these addresses, depending on the size of the address memory or pe-  
ripheral space. One clock cycle later, chip select signal XCS1 or 0 is asserted, based on the address accessed and the select  
signal mapping. From this point, the write continues as described for the Normal address mode. XSTRB2-0 are deasserted  
when the address becomes invalid.  
www.national.com  
110  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
CLK  
(Internal for Reference)  
A
A
A
[11-4]  
XD7-0  
[19-12]  
[27-20]  
XSTB2  
XSTB1  
XSTB0  
XA19-0  
(Some May Not be  
Available Due to Multiplexing)  
XA27-0  
(Externally Available Address)  
XCS  
XRD  
XWR  
XRDY  
Transaction Continues as for Normal Address Mode Read  
Figure 26. X-Bus Read Access Cycle - Latched Address Mode  
CLK  
(Internal for Reference)  
D
[7-0]  
A
A
A
[11-4]  
XD7-0  
[19-12]  
[27-20]  
XSTB2  
XSTB1  
XSTB0  
XA19-0  
(Some May Not be  
Available Due to Multiplexing)  
A27-0  
(Externally Available Address)  
XCS  
XRD  
XWR  
XRDY  
Transaction Continues as for Normal Address Mode Write  
Figure 27. X-Bus Write Access Cycle - Latched Address Mode  
www.national.com  
111  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
7.4 X-BUS CONFIGURATION REGISTERS  
The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:  
R/W = Read/Write  
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different  
register.  
W = Write  
RO = Read Only  
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.  
7.4.1  
X-Bus Register Map  
The following table lists the X-Bus registers.  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
Section  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
08h  
09h  
0Ah  
0Bh  
0Ch  
XBCNF X-Bus Configuration  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
7.4.2  
7.4.3  
7.4.4  
XZCNF0 X-Bus Select 0 Configuration  
XZCNF1 X-Bus Select 1 Configuration  
Reserved exclusively for National use  
XIRQCA X-Bus IRQ A Configuration  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
7.4.5  
7.4.5  
7.4.5  
7.4.5  
7.4.6  
7.4.7  
7.4.8  
7.4.9  
7.4.10  
XIRQCB X-Bus IRQ B Configuration  
XIRQCC X-Bus IRQ C Configuration  
XIRQCD X-Bus IRQ D Configuration  
XIMA0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 0  
XIMA1 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 1  
XIMA2 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 2  
XIMA3 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 3  
XIMD  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Data Register  
7.4.2  
X-Bus Configuration Register (XBCNF)  
This register affects the functionality mode of the X-Bus.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 00h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
R/W  
Extended  
Mode  
Latch  
Address  
Mode  
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
Enable  
Enable  
0
Strap  
www.national.com  
112  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
Bit  
Description  
7-2 Reserved  
1
Read/Write Extended Mode Enable. When set to 1, enables the separation of the I/O read and write  
transactions from pins XRD & XWR to pins XIORD & XIOWR, leaving the memory and FWH transactions to be  
routed to XRD and XWR.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
0
Latch Address Mode Enabled. When set to 1, enables three phases of addresses to be latched on the data  
pins. Reset value of this bit is set by the XCNF2-0 strap inputs. See Section 1.5.11 for the definition of this  
setting.  
0: Disabled  
1: Enabled  
www.national.com  
113  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
7.4.3  
X-Bus Select 0 Configuration Register (XZCNF0)  
This register affects the mapping of modules associated with Chip Select 0, XCS0.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 01h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Indirect  
XRDY  
Enable  
Wait States Memory  
Name  
Reset  
Select 0 Mapping  
Strap  
Enable  
Cycle  
Enable  
Strap  
1
0
Bit  
Description  
7
XRDY Enable. Enables the use of XRDY input for devices mapped to XCS0. Reset value of this bit is defined  
by the XCNF2-0 strap inputs.  
0: Disabled (default for all XCNF2-0 values, except 010 or 110)  
1: Enabled (default if XCNF2-0 is set to 010 or 110)  
6
5
Wait States Enable  
0: Wait states disabled  
1: 8 clock cycles of wait enabled (default)  
Indirect Memory Cycle Enable. Enable indirect memory access mechanism to generate memory transaction  
on XCS0.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
4-0 Select 0 Mapping  
UDIZ = User-Defined I/O Zone  
-
= XCS0 does not respond to this zone decode  
+
= XCS0 responds to this zone decode and is influenced by its setting  
Bits  
Function  
4 3 2 1 0 KBC PM RTC TST UDIZ BIOS MEM  
0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 1 0  
0 0 0 1 1  
0 0 1 0 0  
0 0 1 0 1  
0 0 1 1 0  
0 0 1 1 1  
0 1 0 0 0  
0 1 0 0 1  
0 1 0 1 0  
0 1 0 1 1  
0 1 1 0 0  
0 1 1 0 1  
0 1 1 1 0  
0 1 1 1 1  
1 0 0 0 0  
1 0 0 0 1  
1 0 0 1 0  
1 0 0 1 1  
1 0 1 0 0  
1 0 1 0 1  
1 0 1 1 0  
1 0 1 1 1  
Others  
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
- (default if XCNF2-0 No BIOS mode is set)  
- (default if XCNF2-0 selects any of the BIOS modes)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
Reserved  
www.national.com  
114  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
7.4.4  
X-Bus Select 1 Configuration Register (XZCNF1)  
This register affects the mapping of modules associated with Chip Select 1, XCS1.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 02h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
0
2
1
0
0
0
Indirect  
XRDY  
Enable  
Wait States Memory  
Enable  
Name  
Reset  
Select 1 Mapping  
Cycle  
Enable  
0
1
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7
XRDY Enable. Enables the use of XRDY input for devices mapped to XCS1.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
6
5
Wait States Enable  
0: Wait states disabled  
1: 8 clock cycles of wait enabled (default)  
Indirect Memory Cycle Enable. Enable indirect memory access mechanism to generate memory transaction  
on XCS1.  
0: Disabled (default)  
1: Enabled  
4-0 Select 1 Mapping  
UDIZ = User-Defined I/O Zone  
-
= XCS1 does not respond to this zone decode  
+
= XCS1 responds to this zone decode and is influenced by its setting  
Bits  
Function  
4 3 2 1 0 KBC PM RTC TST UDIZ BIOS MEM  
0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 1 0  
0 0 0 1 1  
0 0 1 0 0  
0 0 1 0 1  
0 0 1 1 0  
0 0 1 1 1  
0 1 0 0 0  
0 1 0 0 1  
0 1 0 1 0  
0 1 0 1 1  
0 1 1 0 0  
0 1 1 0 1  
0 1 1 1 0  
0 1 1 1 1  
1 0 0 0 0  
1 0 0 0 1  
1 0 0 1 0  
1 0 0 1 1  
1 0 1 0 0  
1 0 1 0 1  
1 0 1 1 0  
1 0 1 1 1  
Others  
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
-
-
+
-
-
-
-
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
-
- (default)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
+
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
+
+
-
-
-
+
+
-
-
-
-
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
-
-
+
-
-
+
+
+
+
+
Reserved  
www.national.com  
115  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
7.4.5  
X-Bus PIRQx Input Registers (XIRQCA to XIRQCD)  
This set of four registers defines the mapping of the four PIRQ signals. Each registers is associated with one of the four  
PIRQ inputs, as follows:  
Location:  
Location:  
Location:  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 04h (XIRQCA)  
Offset 05h (XIRQCB)  
Offset 06h (XIRQCC)  
Offset 07h (XIRQCD)  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
5
0
4
0
3
2
1
0
PIRQ  
Polarity  
Inversion  
PIRQ  
Enable  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
PWUREQ  
Enable  
Name  
Reset  
Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-4 Reserved  
3
PIRQ Polarity Inversion. This bit controls the polarity of the IRQ signal sent through the IRQ Serializer (see  
Table 32). This bit is reset to ’0’.  
2
PIRQ Enable. When this bit is set, it enables the interrupt. Ignored when the IRQ is mapped to zero (see  
Section 2.2.3).  
0: Disabled (default).  
1: Enabled.  
1
0
PIRQ Polarity. This bit specifies the active level of the incoming IRQ signal.  
0: Active low (default).  
1: Active high.  
Power-Up Request Enable. An IRQ event is routed to the PWUREQ output.  
0: Disabled (default).  
1: Enabled.  
Table 32. IRQ Polarity Control  
PIRQ Polarity  
PIRQ Polarity  
Serial IRQ Polarity  
Inversion  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
PIRQx  
PIRQx  
PIRQx  
PIRQx  
www.national.com  
116  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
Bit  
1
2
3
0
PIRQ  
Polarity  
Inversion  
Name  
PWUREQ  
Enable  
PIRQ  
PIRQ  
Polarity Enable  
0
1
IRQ  
Serializer  
0
1
PIRQx  
PWUREQ  
Figure 28. Functional Illustration of X-Bus PIRQx Input Registers  
7.4.6  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 0 (XIMA0)  
This register describes the addresses 7-0 for read or write transaction to the memory.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 08h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 7-0  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 7-0  
7.4.7  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 1 (XIMA1)  
This register describes the addresses 15-8 for read or write transaction to the memory.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 09h  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 15-8  
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 15-8  
www.national.com  
117  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
7.4.8  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 2 (XIMA2)  
This register describes the addresses 23-16 for read or write transaction to the memory.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 0Ah  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 23-16  
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 23-16  
7.4.9  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 3 (XIMA3)  
This register describes the addresses 31-24 for read or write transaction to the memory.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 0Bh  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 31-24  
0
0
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 31-24  
7.4.10 X-Bus Indirect Memory Data Register (XIMD)  
This register describes data bits 7-0 for read or write transaction to the memory.  
Location:  
Type:  
Offset 0Ch  
R/W  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
0
4
3
2
0
1
0
0
0
Name  
Reset  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Data 7-0  
0
0
0
Bit  
Description  
7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Data 7-0  
7.5 USAGE HINTS  
1. To use the PC8739x with the National Semiconductor PC87570 Keyboard and Power Management Controller, connect  
the X-Bus as follows:  
PC8739x  
Signals  
PC87570  
Signals  
XRD  
HMEMRD  
HMEMWR  
HIOR  
XWR  
XIORD  
XIOWR  
XD7-0  
HIOW  
HD7-0  
www.national.com  
118  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
XA3-0  
HA3-0  
XD7-0  
HA11-4  
XA18-12  
XSTB0  
XRDY  
HA18-12  
FXASTB  
HIOCHRDY  
PIRQA-D  
GND  
IRQ11, IRQ8, IRQ12, and IRQ1 respectively  
HMEMCS  
If any of the functions multiplexed on XA18-12 (Game Port or Serial Port 2) are needed, use an external latch for these  
signals.  
Use the XRDY signal that is enabled upon reset. Either of the XIORD and XIOWR signals may be used. Set proper sys-  
tem configuration before accessing a PC87570 or any I/O device with separate read and write signals for I/O and mem-  
ory transactions.  
2. Bear in mind the following system design hints for asynchronous X-Bus use:  
The chip select signal should be used as a qualifier with the address when partial address decoding is in use for mul-  
tiple device access control.  
In read cycles, the system may drive the data until the read signal XRD is de-asserted to guarantee the proper  
PC8739x sampling.  
In write cycles, use either the falling or rising edge of the write control signal (XWR) to latch the data in the device.  
3. Address multiplexing on XDT7-0 and the XSTB2-0 is designed for glueless interface with off-chip latch components. See  
the example using 74HCT373 latches in Figure 29.  
XDT7-0  
XSTB2  
D7-0  
Latch  
A27-20  
(74HCT373)  
PC8739  
Latch  
A19-12  
(74HCT373)  
XSTB1  
Latch  
A11-4  
A3-0  
(74HCT373)  
XSTB0  
XA3-0  
Figure 29. Latched Mode X-Bus Transactions External Logic  
www.national.com  
119  
7.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)  
7.6 X-BUS EXTENSION BITMAP  
Register  
Bits  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W  
Extended  
Mode  
Latch  
Address  
Mode  
00h  
XBCNF  
Reserved  
Enable  
Enable  
XRDY  
Enable  
WaitStates  
Enable  
01h  
XZCNF0  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Select 0 Mapping  
Select 1 Mapping  
XRDY  
Enable  
WaitStates  
Enable  
02h  
03h  
XZCNF1  
Reserved  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
Inversion  
PIRQ  
Enable  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
PWUREQ  
Enable  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
XIRQCA  
XIRQCB  
XIRQCC  
XIRQCD  
Reserved  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
Inversion  
PIRQ  
Enable  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
PWUREQ  
Enable  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
Inversion  
PIRQ  
Enable  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
PWUREQ  
Enable  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
Inversion  
PIRQ  
Enable  
PIRQ  
Polarity  
PWUREQ  
Enable  
XIMA0  
XIMA1  
XIMA2  
XIMA3  
XIMD  
08h  
09h  
0Ah  
0Bh  
0Ch  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 7-0  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 15-8  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 23-16  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 31-24  
X-Bus Indirect Memory Data 7-0  
www.national.com  
120  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks  
This chapter briefly describes the following blocks that provide legacy device functions:  
Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)  
Parallel Port  
Serial Port 1 (SP1), UART Functionality for both Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2  
Serial Port 2 (SP2), Infrared Functionality  
The description of each Legacy block includes the sections listed below. For details on the general implementation of each  
legacy block, see the SuperI/O Legacy Functional Blocks datasheet.  
General Description  
Register Map table(s)  
Bitmap table(s).  
The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:  
R/W = Read/Write  
R = Read from a specific address returns the value of a specific register. Write to the same address is to a different  
register.  
W = Write  
RO = Read Only  
R/W1C = Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.  
8.1 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC)  
8.1.1  
General Description  
The generic FDC is a standard FDC with a digital data separator, and is DP8473 and N82077 software compatible.  
The FDC is implemented in this device as follows:  
FM and MFM modes are supported. To select either mode, set bit 6 of the first command byte when writing to/read-  
ing from a diskette, where:  
0 = FM mode  
1 = MFM mode  
Automatic media sense is supported by MSEN1-0 pins only on FDC signals routed to the PPM functional block (on  
the Parallel Port).  
DRATE1 is not supported.  
A logic 1 is returned for all floating (TRI-STATE) FDC register bits upon LPC I/O read cycles.  
8.1.2  
FDC Register Map  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Status A  
Type  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
SRA  
SRB  
DOR  
TDR  
MSR  
DSR  
FIFO  
RO  
RO  
R/W  
R/W  
R
Status B  
Digital Output  
Tape Drive  
Main Status  
Data Rate Select  
Data (FIFO)  
Reserved  
04h  
W
05h  
06h  
R/W  
DIR  
Digital Input  
Configuration Control  
R
07h  
CCR  
W
www.national.com  
121  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.1.3  
FDC Bitmap Summary  
The FDC supports two system operation modes: PC-AT mode and PS/2 mode (MicroChannel systems). Unless specifically  
indicated otherwise, all fields in all registers are valid in both drive modes.  
Register  
Bits  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IRQ  
Pending  
Head Se-  
lect  
Head  
Direction  
SRA1  
00h  
Reserved  
Step  
TRK0  
INDEX  
WP  
Drive  
Select 0  
Status  
SRB1  
01h  
Reserved  
WDATA  
RDATA  
WGATE  
MTR1  
MTR0  
Motor  
Enable 3  
Motor  
Enable 2  
Motor  
Enable 1  
Motor  
Enable 0  
Reset  
Controller  
02h  
03h  
DOR  
TDR  
DMAEN  
Drive Select  
Reserved  
Tape Drive Select 1,0  
Tape Drive Select 1,0  
Logical Drive  
Exchange  
TDR2  
Reserved  
Drive ID Information  
Command  
Data I/O  
Direction Execution  
Non-DMA  
in  
Drive 3  
Busy  
Drive 2  
Busy  
Drive 1  
Busy  
Drive 0  
Busy  
MSR  
DSR  
RQM  
Progress  
04h  
Data Transfer Rate  
Select  
Software  
Reset  
Low Power Reserved  
Precompensation Delay Select  
05h  
07h  
07h  
FIFO  
DIR3  
Data Bits  
Reserved  
DSKCHG  
DSKCHG  
High  
Density  
DIR1  
CCR  
Reserved  
Reserved  
DRATE 1,0 Status  
DRATE1,0  
1. Applicable only in PS/2 Mode  
2. Applicable only in Enhanced TDR Mode  
3. Applicable only in PC-AT Compatible Mode  
www.national.com  
122  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.2 PARALLEL PORT  
8.2.1  
General Description  
The Parallel Port supports all IEEE1284 standard communication modes: Compatibility (known also as Standard or SPP),  
Bidirectional (known also as PS/2), FIFO, EPP (known also as Mode 4) and ECP (with an optional Extended ECP mode).  
8.2.2  
Parallel Port Register Map  
The Parallel Port functional block register maps are grouped according to first and second level offsets. EPP and second  
level offset registers are available only when base address is 8-byte aligned.  
Table 33. Parallel Port Register Map for First Level Offset  
First Level  
Offset  
Modes (ECR Bits)  
7 6 5  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
0 0 0  
0 0 1  
000h  
DATAR PP Data  
R/W  
000h  
001h  
002h  
003h  
004h  
005h  
006h  
007h  
400h  
400h  
400h  
400h  
401h  
402h  
403h  
404h  
405h  
AFIFO ECP Address FIFO  
0 1 1  
All Modes  
All Modes  
1 0 0  
W
DSR  
DCR  
Status  
RO  
Control  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
W
ADDR EPP Address  
DATA0 EPP Data Port 0  
DATA1 EPP Data Port 1  
DATA2 EPP Data Port 2  
DATA3 EPP Data Port 3  
CFIFO PP Data FIFO  
DFIFO ECP Data FIFO  
TFIFO Test FIFO  
1 0 0  
1 0 0  
1 0 0  
1 0 0  
0 1 0  
0 1 1  
R/W  
R/W  
RO  
1 1 0  
CNFGA Configuration A  
CNFGB Configuration B  
1 1 1  
1 1 1  
RO  
ECR  
EIR  
Extended Control  
Extended Index  
All Modes  
All Modes  
All Modes  
All Modes  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
EDR  
EAR  
Extended Data  
Extended Auxiliary Status  
Table 34. Parallel Port Register Map for Second Level Offset  
Second Level  
Register Name Type  
Offset  
00h  
02h  
04h  
05h  
Control0  
Control2  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Control4  
PP Confg0  
www.national.com  
123  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.2.3  
Parallel Port Bitmap Summary  
The Parallel Port functional block bitmaps are grouped according to first and second level offsets.  
Table 35. Parallel Port Bitmap Summary for First Level Offset  
Register  
Bits  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DATAR  
000h  
Data Bits  
AFIFO  
Address Bits  
Printer  
Status  
ACK  
Status  
SLCT  
Status  
ERR  
Status  
EPP Time-  
out Status  
001h  
002h  
DSR  
DCR  
PE Status  
Reserved  
Printer  
Automatic  
Data  
Strobe  
Control  
Direction  
Control  
Interrupt  
Enable  
PP Input  
Control  
Reserved  
Initialization Line Feed  
Control  
Control  
003h  
004h  
005h  
006h  
007h  
400h  
400h  
400h  
ADDR  
DATA0  
DATA1  
DATA2  
DATA3  
CFIFO  
DFIFO  
TFIFO  
EPP Device or Register Selection Address Bits  
EPP Device or R/W Data  
EPP Device or R/W Data  
EPP Device or R/W Data  
EPP Device or R/W Data  
Data Bits  
Data Bits  
Data Bits  
Bit 7 of PP  
Confg0  
400h  
401h  
CNFGA  
CNFGB  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Interrupt  
Request  
Value  
Reserved  
Interrupt Select  
Reserved  
DMA Channel Select  
ECP  
Interrupt  
Mask  
ECP  
Interrupt  
Service  
ECP DMA  
Enable  
FIFO  
FIFO Full  
402h  
ECR  
ECP Mode Control  
Empty  
403h  
404h  
405h  
EIR  
EDR  
EAR  
Reserved  
Second Level Offset  
Data Bits  
Reserved  
FIFO Tag  
www.national.com  
124  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
Table 36. Parallel Port Bitmap Summary for Second Level Offset  
Bits  
Register  
Second  
Level Mnemonic  
Offset  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
EPP Time-  
out  
Interrupt  
Mask  
DCR  
00h  
Control0  
Control2  
Reserved  
Register Freeze Bit  
Live  
Reserved  
Channel  
Address  
Enable  
Revision  
Reserved 1.7 or 1.9  
Select  
SPP Com-  
patibility  
02h  
04h  
Reserved  
Control4 Reserved  
PP DMA Request Inactive Time  
Reserved  
PP DMA Request Active Time  
PE  
Demand  
DMA  
Enable  
PP  
Confg0  
Bit 3 of  
CNFGA  
Internal  
Pull-up or  
Pull-down  
ECP DMA Channel  
Number  
05h  
ECP IRQ Channel Number  
www.national.com  
125  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.3 UART FUNCTIONALITY (SP1 AND SP2)  
8.3.1  
General Description  
Both SP1 and SP2 provide UART functionality. The generic SP1 and SP2 support serial data communication with remote  
peripheral device or modem using a wired interface. The functional blocks can function as a standard 16450, 16550, or as  
an Extended UART.  
8.3.2  
UART Mode Register Bank Overview  
Four register banks, each containing eight registers, control UART operation. All registers use the same 8-byte address  
space to indicate offsets 00h through 07h. The BSR register selects the active bank and is common to all banks. See Figure  
30.  
BANK 3  
BANK 2  
BANK 1  
Common  
Register  
Throughout  
All Banks  
BANK 0  
Offset 07h  
Offset 06h  
Offset 05h  
Offset 04h  
LCR/BSR  
Offset 02h  
Offset 01h  
Offset 00h  
16550 Banks  
Figure 30. UART Mode Register Bank Architecture  
www.national.com  
126  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.3.3  
SP1 and SP2 Register Maps for UART Functionality  
Table 37. Bank 0 Register Map  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Receiver Data Port  
Type  
00h  
00h  
01h  
RXD  
TXD  
IER  
RO  
W
Transmitter Data Port  
Interrupt Enable  
R/W  
RO  
W
EIR  
Event Identification (Read Cycles)  
FIFO Control (Write Cycles)  
Line Control  
02h  
03h  
FCR  
LCR1  
R/W  
BSR1  
MCR  
LSR  
Bank Select  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
Modem/Mode Control  
Link Status  
R/W  
RO  
MSR  
Modem Status  
RO  
SPR/ASCR Scratchpad/Auxiliary Status and Control  
R/W  
1. When bit 7 of this Register is set to 1, bits 6-0 of BSR select the bank, as  
shown in Table 38.  
Table 38. Bank Selection Encoding  
BSR Bits  
Bank  
Functionality  
Selected  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
x
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
x
x
x
x
1
1
1
1
1
1
x
x
x
x
0
0
0
0
1
1
x
x
x
x
0
0
1
1
0
0
x
x
x
x
0
1
0
1
0
1
x
x
1
x
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
x
x
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
UART + IR  
(SP1 + SP2)  
IR Only  
(SP2)  
Table 39. Bank 1 Register Map  
Register Name  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Type  
00h  
01h  
LBGD(L) Legacy Baud Generator Divisor Port (Low Byte)  
LBGD(H) Legacy Baud Generator Divisor Port (High Byte)  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
02h  
03h  
LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select  
Reserved  
R/W  
04h - 07h  
www.national.com  
127  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
Table 40. Bank 2 Register Map  
Register Name  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Type  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
BGD(L) Baud Generator Divisor Port (Low Byte)  
BGD(H) Baud Generator Divisor Port (High Byte)  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
EXCR1  
Extended Control1  
LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select  
EXCR2  
Extended Control 2  
Reserved  
TXFLV  
RXFLV  
TX_FIFO Level  
RX_FIFO Level  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 41. Bank 3 Register Map  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
00h  
01h  
MRID  
Module Revision ID  
RO  
RO  
SH_LCR Shadow of LCR (Read Only)  
SH_FCR Shadow of FIFO Control (Read Only)  
LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select  
Reserved  
02h  
RO  
03h  
R/W  
04h-07h  
www.national.com  
128  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.3.4  
SP1 and SP2 Bitmap Summary for UART Functionality  
Table 42. Bank 0 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RXD  
Receiver Data Bits  
Transmitter Data Bits  
MS_IE  
00h  
TXD  
IER1  
Reserved  
LS_IE  
LS_IE  
IPR1  
TXLDL_IE RXHDL_IE  
TXLDL_IE RXHDL_IE  
01h  
Reserved3/  
MS_IE  
IER2  
Reserved  
TXEMP_IE  
DMA_IE4  
EIR1  
FEN1  
FEN0  
Reserved  
RXFT  
IPR0  
IPF  
3
Reserved /  
LS_EV or  
TXHLT_EV  
EIR2  
02h  
Reserved  
TXEMP_EV  
MS_EV  
TXLDL_EV RXHDL_EV  
4
DMA_EV  
FCR  
RXFTH1  
BKSE  
RXFTH0  
SBRK  
TXFTH1  
STKP  
TXFTH0  
EPS  
Reserved  
PEN  
TXSR  
STB  
RXSR  
WLS1  
FIFO_EN  
WLS0  
LCR5  
03h  
BSR5  
BKSE  
Bank Select  
ISEN or  
DCDLP  
MCR1  
04h  
Reserved  
LOOP  
RILP  
RTS  
DTR  
MCR2  
Reserved  
TX_DFR  
FE  
Reserved  
PE  
RTS  
OE  
DTR  
RXDA  
DCTS  
05h  
06h  
LSR  
ER_INF  
DCD  
TXEMP  
RI  
TXRDY  
DSR  
BRK  
CTS  
MSR  
DDCD  
TERI  
DDSR  
SPR1  
Scratch Data  
07h  
ASCR  
RXACT  
RXWDG  
S_OET  
TXUR4  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved RXF_TOUT  
2
4
4
4
1. Non-Extended Mode  
2. Extended Mode  
3. In SP1 only  
4. In SP2 only  
5. When bit 7 of this register is set to 1, bits 6-0 of BSR select the bank, as shown in Table 38.  
www.national.com  
129  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
Table 43. Bank 1 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
LBGD(L)  
LBGD(H)  
Legacy Baud Generator Divisor (Least Significant Bits)  
Legacy Baud Generator Divisor (Most Significant Bits)  
Reserved  
LCR/BSR  
Same as Bank 0  
04h-  
07h  
Reserved  
Table 44. Bank 2 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
BGD(L)  
BGD(H)  
EXCR1  
Baud Generator Divisor Low (Least Significant Bits)  
Baud Generator Divisor High (Most Significant Bits)  
BTEST  
LOCK  
Reserved  
Reserved  
ETDLBK  
LOOP  
Reserved  
EXT_SL  
LCR/BSR  
EXCR2  
Same as Bank 0  
PRESL0  
PRESL1  
Reserved  
05h Reserved  
06h  
07h  
TXFLV  
RXFLV  
Reserved  
Reserved  
TFL4  
RFL4  
TFL3  
RFL3  
TFL2  
RFL2  
TFL1  
RFL1  
TFL0  
RFL0  
Table 45. Bank 3 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
MRID  
Module ID (MID 7-4)  
Revision ID(RID 3-0)  
SH_LCR  
SH_FCR  
LCR/BSR  
BKSE  
SBRK  
STKP  
EPS  
PEN  
STB  
WLS1  
RXSR  
WLS0  
RXFTH1  
RXFTH0  
TXFHT1  
TXFTH0  
Reserved  
TXSR  
FIFO_EN  
Same as Bank 0  
Reserved  
04h-  
07h  
www.national.com  
130  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.4 IR FUNCTIONALITY (SP2)  
8.4.1  
General Description  
This section describes the IR support registers of Serial Port 2 (SP2). The UART support registers for both SP1 and SP2  
are described in Section 8.3.  
The IR functional block provides advanced, versatile serial communications features with IR capabilities.  
SP2 supports also two DMA channels; the functional block can use either one or both of them. One channel is required for  
IR-based applications, since IR communication works in half duplex fashion. Two channels would normally be needed to  
handle high-speed full duplex UART based applications.  
8.4.2  
IR Mode Register Bank Overview  
Eight register banks, each containing eight registers, control SP2 operation. Banks 0-3 are used to control both UART and  
IR modes of operation; banks 4-7 are used to control and configure the IR modes of operation only. All registers use the  
same 8-byte address space to indicate offsets 00h through 07h. The BSR register selects the active bank and is common  
to all banks. See Figure 31.  
BANK 7  
BANK 6  
Common  
Register  
Throughout  
BANK 5  
BANK 4  
BANK 3  
BANK 2  
BANK 1  
BANK 0  
All Banks  
Offset 07h  
Offset 06h  
Offset 05h  
Offset 04h  
LCR/BSR  
IR Special Banks  
(Banks 4-7)  
Offset 02h  
Offset 01h  
Offset 00h  
Figure 31. SP2 Register Bank Architecture  
www.national.com  
131  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.4.3  
SP2 Register Map for IR Functionality  
.
Table 46. Bank 4 Register Map  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
00h-01h  
02h  
Reserved  
IRCR1  
IR Control 1  
R/W  
R/W  
03h  
LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select  
Reserved  
04h - 07h  
Table 47. Bank 5 Register Map  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
00h-02h  
03h  
Reserved  
LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select  
R/W  
R/W  
04h  
IRCR2  
IR Control 2  
05h - 07h Reserved  
Table 48. Bank 6 Register Map  
Register Name  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Type  
00h  
01h  
IRCR3  
IR Control 3  
Reserved  
R/W  
02h  
SIR_PW SIR Pulse Width Control (115 Kbps)  
LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
03h  
04h-07h  
Table 49. Bank 7 Register Map  
Offset  
Mnemonic  
Register Name  
Type  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
IRRXDC IR Receiver Demodulator Control  
IRTXMC IR Transmitter Modulator Control  
RCCFG CEIR Configuration  
RO  
RO  
RO  
LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select  
IRCFG1 IR Interface Configuration 1  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
IRCFG3 IR Interface Configuration 3  
IRCFG4 IR Interface Configuration 4  
R/W  
R/W  
www.national.com  
132  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
8.4.4  
SP2 Bitmap Summary for IR Functionality  
Table 50. Bank 4 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h-  
01h  
Reserved  
02h  
03h  
EIR  
Reserved  
IR_SL1  
IR_SL0  
Reserved  
LCR/BSR  
Same as Bank 0  
Reserved  
04h-  
07h  
Table 51. Bank 5 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h-  
02h  
Reserved  
03h  
04h  
LCR/BSR  
IRCR2  
Same as Bank 0  
AUX_IRRX Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
IRMSSL IR_FDPLX  
05h-  
07h  
Table 52. Bank 6 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
IRCR3  
SHDM_DS SHMD_DS  
Reserved  
Reserved  
SIR_PW  
Reserved  
SPW (3-0)  
LCR/BSR  
Same as Bank 0  
Reserved  
04h-  
07h  
www.national.com  
133  
8.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)  
Table 53. Bank 7 Bitmap  
Bits  
Register  
Offset Mnemonic  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IRRXDC  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
DBW (2-0)  
MCPW (2-0)  
T_OV  
DFR (4-0)  
MCFR (4-0)  
IRTXMC  
RCCFG  
RCDM_DS  
RC_MMD0  
R_LEN  
RXHSC  
SIRC (2-0)  
RCH (2-0)  
Reserved  
TXHSC RC_MND1  
LCR/BSR  
Same as Bank 0  
IRCFG1 STRV_MS  
IRID3  
IRIC (2-0)  
Reserved  
RXINV  
IRCFG3  
IRCFG4  
Reserved  
AMCFG  
Reserved  
IRSL21_DS  
RCLC (2-0)  
Reserved  
Reserved IRSL0_DS  
www.national.com  
134  
9.0 Device Characteristics  
9.1 GENERAL DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
9.1.1  
Recommended Operating Conditions  
Symbol  
VDD  
Parameter  
Min  
3.0  
0
Typ  
Max Unit  
3.6  
V
Supply Voltage  
3.3  
TA  
+70  
°C  
Operating Temperature  
9.1.2  
Absolute Maximum Ratings  
Absolute maximum ratings are values beyond which damage to the device may occur. Unless otherwise specified, all volt-  
ages are relative to ground.  
Symbol  
VDD  
VI  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
65  
Max  
+6.5  
Unit  
V
Supply Voltage  
Input Voltage  
Output Voltage  
VDD + 0.5  
VDD + 0.5  
+165  
V
VO  
V
TSTG  
PD  
°C  
W
°C  
Storage Temperature  
1
Power Dissipation  
TL  
Lead Temperature Soldering (10 s)  
+260  
CZAP = 100 pF  
RZAP = 1.5 K1  
ESD Tolerance  
2000  
V
1. Value based on test complying with RAI-5-048-RA human body model ESD testing.  
9.1.3  
Capacitance  
Symbol  
CIN  
Parameter  
Input Pin Capacitance  
Min  
Typ  
5
Max Unit  
7
12  
12  
8
pF  
pF  
pF  
pF  
CIN1  
CIO  
5
8
Clock Input Capacitance  
I/O Pin Capacitance  
10  
6
CO  
Output Pin Capacitance  
TA = 25°C, f = 1 MHz  
Power Consumption under Recommended Operating Conditions  
9.1.4  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VIL = 0.5 V, VIH = 2.4 V  
No Load  
ICC  
VDD Average Main Supply Current  
32  
50  
mA  
VDD Quiescent Main Supply Current VIL = VSS, VIH = VDD  
in Low Power Mode No Load  
ICCLP  
1.3  
1.7  
mA  
9.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS OF PINS, BY I/O BUFFER TYPES  
The following tables summarize the DC characteristics of all device pins described in the Signal/Pin Connection and De-  
scription chapter. The characteristics describe the general I/O buffer types defined in Table 1. For exceptions, refer to Sec-  
tion 9.2.9. The DC characteristics of the system interface meet the PCI2.1 3.3V DC signaling.  
www.national.com  
135  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.2.1  
Input, CMOS Compatible  
Symbol: INC  
Symbol  
VIH  
Parameter  
Input High Voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
V
5.51  
0.7 VDD  
VIL  
0.5  
1
0.3 VDD  
V
Input Low Voltage  
VIN = VDD  
VIN = VSS  
50  
nA  
nA  
IIL  
Input Leakage Current  
50  
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.  
9.2.2  
Input, PCI 3.3V  
Symbol: INPCI  
Symbol  
VIH  
Parameter  
Input High Voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
V
0.5VDD VDD + 0.5  
VIL  
-0.5  
0.3VDD  
V
Input Low Voltage  
1
0 < Vin < VDD  
±10  
µA  
Input Leakage Current  
lIL  
1. Input leakage currents include hi-Z output leakage for all bidirectional buffers with TRI-STATE outputs.  
9.2.3  
Input, Strap Pin  
Symbol: INSTRP  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Input High Voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
5.51  
Unit  
1
VIH  
V
0.6VDD  
1
-0.51  
16.5  
0.5VDD  
VIL  
V
Input Low Voltage  
RIH  
RIL  
During Reset: VIN =0.6VDD  
During Reset: VIN =0.4VDD  
KΩ  
KΩ  
Input High Resistance  
Input Low Resistance  
20  
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.  
9.2.4  
Input, TTL Compatible  
Symbol: INT  
Symbol  
VIH  
Parameter  
Input High Voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
V
5.51  
0.8  
2.0  
0.51  
VIL  
V
Input Low Voltage  
VIN = VDD  
VIN = VSS  
10  
µA  
µA  
IIL  
Input Leakage Current  
10  
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.  
www.national.com  
136  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.2.5  
Input, TTL Compatible with Schmitt Trigger  
Symbol: INTS  
Symbol  
VIH  
Parameter  
Input High Voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
V
5.51  
0.8  
2.0  
1
VIL  
V
Input Low Voltage  
Input Leakage Current  
Input Hysteresis  
0.5  
VIN = VDD  
VIN = VSS  
10  
µA  
µA  
mV  
IIL  
10  
VH  
250  
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.  
9.2.6  
Output, PCI 3.3V  
Symbol: OPCI  
Symbol  
VOH  
Parameter  
Conditions  
lout = -500 µA  
lout =1500 µA  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
0.9VDD  
V
V
Output High Voltage  
Output Low Voltage  
VOL  
0.1 VDD  
9.2.7  
Symbol: Op/n  
Output, Totem-Pole buffer that is capable of sourcing p mA and sinking n mA  
Output, Totem-Pole Buffer  
Symbol  
VOH  
Parameter  
Conditions  
IOH = p mA  
IOL = n mA  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
V
2.4  
Output High Voltage  
Output Low Voltage  
VOL  
0.4  
V
9.2.8  
Symbol: ODn  
Output, Open-Drain output buffer, capable of sinking n mA. Output from these signals is open-drain and cannot be forced high.  
Output, Open-Drain Buffer  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Output Low Voltage  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
VOL  
IOL = n mA  
0.4  
V
9.2.9  
Exceptions  
1. All pins are back-drive protected, except for the output pins with PCI Buffer Type.  
2. The following pins have a PU220 internal pull-up resistor and therefore have input leakage current to VDD: ACK,  
AFD_DSTRB, ERR, INIT, PE, SLIN_ASTRB, STB_WRITE.  
3. The following pins have a PU25 internal pull-up resistor and therefore have input leakage current to VDD: GPIO40-47,  
GPIO30-37, GPIO20-27, GPIO10-17, GPIO00-07.  
4. The following pins have a PD120 internal pull-down resistor and therefore have input leakage current to GND:  
BUSY_WAIT, PE, SLCT.  
5. Output from SLCT, BUSY_WAIT (and PE if bit 2 of PP Confg0 Register is 0) is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in  
SPP Compatible mode when the setup mode is ECP-based FIFO and bit 4 of the Control2 parallel port register is 1.  
Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 Kpull-up resistors should be used.  
www.national.com  
137  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
6. Output from ACK, ERR (and PE if bit 2 of PP Confg0 Register is set to 1) is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in SPP  
Compatible mode when the setup mode is ECP-based FIFO and bit 4 of the Control2 parallel port register is set to 1.  
Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 Kpull-up resistors should be used.  
7. Output from STB, AFD, INIT, SLIN is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in SPP Compatible mode when the setup  
mode is ECP-based (FIFO). Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 Kpull-up resistors should be  
used.  
8. IOH is valid for a GPIO pin only when it is not configured as open-drain.  
9.3 INTERNAL RESISTORS  
9.3.1  
Pull-Up Resistor  
Symbol: PUnn  
.
Symbol  
Parameter  
Pull-up equivalent resistance  
Conditions  
Min Typical Max  
Unit  
RPU  
VPIN = VDD = 3.3V  
nn-30%  
nn nn+30%  
KΩ  
9.3.2  
Pull-Down Resistor  
Symbol: PDnn  
.
Symbol  
Parameter  
Pull-down equivalent resistance  
Conditions  
Min Typical Max  
Unit  
RPD  
VPIN = 0V, VDD = 3.3V nn-30%  
nn nn+30%  
KΩ  
www.national.com  
138  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4 AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
9.4.1  
AC Test Conditions  
Load Circuit (Notes 1, 2, 3)  
AC Testing Input, Output Waveform  
VDD  
S1  
2.4  
2.0  
0.8  
2.0  
0.8  
0.1 µf  
Test Points  
0.4  
RL  
Device  
Input  
Output  
Under  
Test  
CL  
Figure 32. AC Test Conditions, TA = 0 °C to 70 °C, VDD = 3.3 V ±10%  
Notes:  
1. CL = 100 pF for all output pins (except OPCI);  
CL = 50 pF for OPCI output pins;  
These values include both jig and oscilloscope capacitance.  
2. S1 = Open for push-pull output pins.  
S1 = VDD for high impedance to active low and active low to high impedance measurements.  
S1 = GND for high impedance to active high and active high to high impedance measurements.  
RL = 1.0Kfor µP interface pins.  
3. For the FDC open-drive interface pins, S1 = VDD and RL = 150.  
9.4.2  
Clock Timing  
48 MHz  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
Clock High Pulse Width1  
Clock Low Pulse Width1  
8.4  
8.4  
20  
tCH  
tCL  
tCP  
ns  
1 2  
21.5  
ns  
Clock Period  
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.  
2. For the 14.31818 MHz clock, required tolerance is 200  
ppm (max).  
.
tCP  
tCH  
CLKIN  
tCL  
www.national.com  
139  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.3  
LCLK and LRESET  
Symbol  
Parameter  
LCLK Cycle Time  
Min  
Max  
Units  
1
30  
ns  
tCYC  
tHIGH  
11  
11  
1
ns  
ns  
LCLK High Time  
LCLK Low Time  
tLOW  
LCLK Slew Rate2  
-
-
4
V/ns  
mV/ns  
LRESET Slew Rate3  
50  
1. The PCI may have any clock frequency between nominal DC and 33  
MHz. Device operational parameters at frequencies under 16 MHz  
may be guaranteed by design rather than by testing. The clock fre-  
quency may be changed at any time during the operation of the sys-  
tem as long as the clock edges remain “clean” (monotonic) and the  
minimum cycle and high and low times are not violated. The clock  
may only be stopped in a low state.  
2. Rise and fall times are specified in terms of the edge rate measured in  
V/ns. This slew rate must be met across the minimum peak-to-peak  
portion of the clock wavering as shown below.  
3. The minimum LRESET slew rate applies only to the rising (de-assertion)  
edge of the reset signal, and ensures that system noise cannot ren-  
der an otherwise a monotonic signal to appear to bounce in the  
switching range.  
3.3 V Clock  
tHIGH  
tLOW  
0.6 VDD  
0.5 VDD  
0.4 VDD  
0.3 VDD  
0.4 VDD p-to-p  
(minimum)  
0.2 VDD  
tCYC  
www.national.com  
140  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.4  
LPC and SERIRQ Signals  
Symbol  
tVAL  
tON  
Figure  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Description  
Output Valid Delay  
Float to Active Delay  
Active to Float Delay  
Input Setup Time  
Input Hold Time  
Reference Conditions  
After RE CLK  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
11  
2
After RE CLK  
After RE CLK  
Before RE CLK  
After RE CLK  
ns  
tOFF  
tSU  
tHI  
28  
ns  
7
0
ns  
Input  
ns  
Output  
LCLK  
tVAL  
tON  
LPC Signals/  
SERIRQ  
tOFF  
Input  
LCLK  
tSU  
tHI  
LPC Signals/  
SERIRQ  
Input  
Valid  
www.national.com  
141  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.5  
Serial Port, Sharp-IR, SIR and Consumer Remote Control Timing  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
1
tBTN + 25  
Transmitter  
Receiver  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tBTN 25  
tBT  
Single Bit Time in Serial Port and Sharp-IR  
tBTN 2%  
tBTN + 2%  
tCWN + 25  
2
Transmitter  
Receiver  
tCWN 25  
500  
Modulation Signal Pulse Width in Sharp-IR  
and Consumer Remote Control  
tCMW  
3
tCPN + 25  
Transmitter  
tCPN 25  
Modulation Signal Period in Sharp-IR and  
Consumer Remote Control  
tCMP  
4
4
Receiver  
ns  
ns  
tMMIN  
tMMAX  
(3/16) x tBTN 15  
(3/16) x tBTN + 15  
1
1
Transmitter,  
Variable  
tSPW  
SIR Signal Pulse Width  
Transmitter,  
Fixed  
1.48  
1.78  
µs  
µs  
Receiver  
Transmitter  
Receiver  
1
± 0.87%  
± 2.0%  
± 2.5%  
± 6.5%  
SIR Data Rate Tolerance.  
% of Nominal Data Rate.  
SDRT  
Transmitter  
Receiver  
SIR Leading Edge Jitter.  
% of Nominal Bit Duration.  
tSJT  
1. tBTN is the nominal bit time in Serial Port, Sharp-IR, SIR and Consumer Remote Control modes. It is deter-  
mined by the setting of the Baud Generator Divisor registers  
2. tCWN is the nominal pulse width of the modulation signal for Sharp-IR and Consumer Remote Control modes. It  
is determined by the MCPW field (bits 7-5) of the IRTXMC registerand the TXHSC bit (bit 2) of the  
RCCFG register  
3. tCPN is the nominal period of the modulation signal for Sharp-IR and Consumer Remote Control modes. It is  
determined by the MCFR field (bits 4-0) of the IRTXMC registerand the TXHSC bit (bit 2) of the RCCFG  
register.  
4. tMMIN and tMMAX define the time range within which the period of the incoming subcarrier signal has to fall in  
order for the signal to be accepted by the receiver. These time values are determined by the contents of  
the IRRXDC register and the setting of the RXHSC bit (bit 5) of the RCCFG register  
t
BT  
Serial Port  
t
t
CMP  
CMW  
Sharp-IR  
Consumer Remote Control  
t
SPW  
SIR  
www.national.com  
142  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.6  
Modem Control Timing  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Min  
10  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
tL  
RI2,1 Low Time  
RI2,1 High Time  
tH  
10  
ns  
tSIM  
Delay to Set IRQ from Modem Input  
40  
ns  
CTS, DSR, DCD  
tSIM  
tSIM  
INTERRUPT  
tSIM  
(Read MSR)  
(Read MSR)  
RI  
tL  
tH  
9.4.7  
FDC Write Data Timing  
Parameter  
Symbol  
tHDH  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
µs  
HDSEL Hold from WGATE Inactive1  
100  
100  
HDSEL Setup to WGATE Active1  
Write Data Pulse Width  
µs  
tHDS  
tWDW  
See tDRP, tICP and tWDW values in table below  
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.  
HDSEL  
WGATE  
tHDS  
tHDH  
tWDW  
WDATA  
tDRP tICP tWDW Values  
tDRP  
tICP  
tICP Nominal  
tWDW  
tWDW Minimum  
Data Rate  
1 Mbps  
Unit  
1
1
125  
125  
208  
250  
2 x tICP  
2 x tICP  
2 x tICP  
2 x tICP  
1000  
2000  
3333  
4000  
250  
250  
375  
500  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
6 x tCP  
500 Kbps  
300 Kbps  
250 Kbps  
6 x tCP  
1
1
10 x tCP  
12 x tCP  
1. tCP is the clock period defined in the Clock Timing section of this chapter.  
143  
www.national.com  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.8  
FDC Drive Control Timing  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Min  
6
Max  
Unit  
µs  
DIR Setup to STEP Active1  
Index Pulse Width  
tDST  
tIW  
100  
tSTR  
8
ns  
tSTD  
tSTP  
tSTR  
ms  
µs  
DIR Hold from STEP Inactive  
STEP Active High Pulse Width1  
STEP Rate Time1  
0.5  
ms  
1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.  
DIR  
tSTD  
tDST  
STEP  
tSTP  
tSTR  
INDEX  
tIW  
9.4.9  
FDC Read Data Timing  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
tRDW  
50  
ns  
Read Data Pulse Width  
tRDW  
RDATA  
www.national.com  
144  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.10 Standard Parallel Port Timing  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
These times are system dependent  
and are therefore not tested.  
500  
ns  
tPDH  
Port Data Hold  
Port Data Setup  
Strobe Width  
These times are system dependent  
and are therefore not tested.  
500  
500  
ns  
ns  
tPDS  
tSW  
These times are system dependent  
and are therefore not tested.  
Typical Data Exchange  
BUSY  
ACK  
tPDH  
tPDS  
PD7-0  
tSW  
STB  
9.4.11 Enhanced Parallel Port Timing  
Symbol  
tWW19a  
tWW19ia  
tWST19a  
tWEST  
Parameter  
WRITE Active from WAIT Low  
WRITE Inactive from WAIT Low  
Min  
Max EPP 1.7 EPP 1.9 Unit  
45  
45  
65  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
DSTRB or ASTRB Active from WAIT Low  
DSTRB or ASTRB Active after WRITE Active  
PD7-0 Hold after WRITE Inactive  
PD7-0 Valid after WRITE Active  
2
0
tWPDH  
tWPDS  
15  
tEPDW  
80  
0
PD7-0 Valid Width  
tEPDH  
PD7-0 Hold after DSTRB or ASTRB Inactive  
tWW19a  
WRITE  
DSTRB  
or  
ASTRB  
tWST19a  
tWPDH  
tWEST  
tEPDH  
tWST19a  
Valid  
tEPDW  
PD7-0  
WAIT  
tWPDS  
tWW19ia  
www.national.com  
145  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.12 Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) Timing  
Forward Mode  
Parameter  
Data Setup before STB Active  
Symbol  
tECDSF  
Min  
0
Max  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
s
tECDHF  
tECLHF  
tECHHF  
tECHLF  
tECLLF  
0
Data Hold after BUSY Inactive  
BUSY Active after STB Active  
STB Inactive after BUSY Active  
BUSY Inactive after STB Active  
STB Active after BUSY Inactive  
75  
0
1
0
35  
ms  
ns  
0
tECDHF  
PD7-0  
AFD  
tECDSF  
tECLLF  
STB  
tECHLF  
tECLHF  
BUSY  
tECHHF  
Reverse Mode  
Parameter  
Symbol  
Min  
0
Max  
Unit  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ms  
s
tECDSR  
tECDHR  
tECLHR  
tECHHR  
tECHLR  
tECLLR  
Data Setup before ACK Active  
Data Hold after AFD Active  
AFD Inactive after ACK Active  
ACK Inactive after AFD Inactive  
AFD Active after ACK Inactive  
ACK Active after AFD Active  
0
75  
0
35  
1
0
0
ns  
tECDHR  
PD7-0  
BUSY  
tECDSR  
ACK  
AFD  
tECLLR  
tECHLR  
tECHHR  
tECLHR  
www.national.com  
146  
9.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)  
9.4.13 X-Bus Signals (PC87393 and PC87393F only)  
Symbol  
tVAL  
tON  
Figure  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Description  
Output Valid Delay  
Float to Active Delay  
Output Hold time  
Active to Float Delay  
Input Setup Time  
Input Hold Time  
Reference Conditions  
After RE CLK  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
20  
0
0
After RE CLK  
After RE CLK  
After RE CLK  
Before RE CLK  
After RE CLK  
ns  
tOH  
ns  
tOFF  
tSU  
30  
ns  
15  
0
ns  
tHI  
Input  
ns  
Output  
Internal CLK  
(for reference only not available off chip)  
tVAL  
tOH  
tON  
X-Bus Outputs  
XA[0:19], XD[0:7],  
tOFF  
XRD, XWR, XCS[0:1]  
Input  
Internal CLK  
(for reference only not available off chip)  
tSU  
tHI  
XD[0:7]  
XRDY  
Input  
Valid  
www.national.com  
147  
Physical Dimensions  
All dimensions are in millimeters.  
Thin Quad Flatpack (TQFP), JEDEC  
Order Number PC8739x-VJG  
NS Package Number VJG100A  
LIFE SUPPORT POLICY  
NATIONAL’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORT  
DEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL  
COUNSEL OF NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:  
1. Life support devices or systems are devices or  
systems which, (a) are intended for surgical implant  
into the body, or (b) support or sustain life, and whose  
failure to perform, when properly used in accordance  
with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can  
be reasonably expected to result in a significant injury  
to the user.  
2. A critical component is any component of a life  
support device or system whose failure to perform can  
be reasonably expected to cause the failure of the life  
support device or system, or to affect its safety or  
effectiveness.  
National Semiconductor  
Corporation, Americas  
Fax: 1-800-737-7018  
Email: support@nsc.com  
Tel: 1-800-272-9959  
National Semiconductor  
Europe  
National Semiconductor  
Asia Pacific  
Fax: 65-250-4466  
Email: ap.support@nsc.com  
Tel: 65-254-4466  
National Semiconductor  
Japan  
Fax: 81-3-5639-7507  
Email: nsj.crc@jksmtp.nsc.com  
Tel: 81-3-5639-7560  
Fax: +49 (0) 180-530 85 86  
Email: europe.support@nsc.com  
Deutsch Tel: +49 (0) 69 9508 6208  
English Tel: +44 (0) 870 24 0 2171  
Francais Tel: +33 (0) 1 41 91 87 90  
www.national.com  
National does not assume any responsibility for use of any circuitry described, no circuit patent licenses are implied and National reserves the right at any time without notice to change said circuitry and specifications.  

相关型号:

SI9130DB

5- and 3.3-V Step-Down Synchronous Converters

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1-E3

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135_11

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9136_11

Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130CG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130LG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130_11

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137DB

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137LG

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9122E

500-kHz Half-Bridge DC/DC Controller with Integrated Secondary Synchronous Rectification Drivers

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY